/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *  Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
 *  Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information.
 *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

// eslint-disable-next-line no-var
declare global {
    var MonacoEnvironment: Environment | undefined;
}

type Thenable<T> = PromiseLike<T>;

interface Environment {
	/**
	 * Define a global `monaco` symbol.
	 * This is true by default in AMD and false by default in ESM.
	 */
	globalAPI?: boolean;
	/**
	 * The base url where the editor sources are found (which contains the vs folder)
	 */
	baseUrl?: string;
	/**
	 * A web worker factory.
	 * NOTE: If `getWorker` is defined, `getWorkerUrl` is not invoked.
	 */
	getWorker?(workerId: string, label: string): Promise<Worker> | Worker;
	/**
	 * Return the location for web worker scripts.
	 * NOTE: If `getWorker` is defined, `getWorkerUrl` is not invoked.
	 */
	getWorkerUrl?(workerId: string, label: string): string;
	/**
	 * Create a trusted types policy (same API as window.trustedTypes.createPolicy)
	 */
	createTrustedTypesPolicy?(
		policyName: string,
		policyOptions?: ITrustedTypePolicyOptions,
	): undefined | ITrustedTypePolicy;
}

interface ITrustedTypePolicyOptions {
	createHTML?: (input: string, ...arguments: any[]) => string;
	createScript?: (input: string, ...arguments: any[]) => string;
	createScriptURL?: (input: string, ...arguments: any[]) => string;
}

interface ITrustedTypePolicy {
	readonly name: string;
	createHTML?(input: string): any;
	createScript?(input: string): any;
	createScriptURL?(input: string): any;
}

interface IDisposable$2 {
	dispose(): void;
}

interface IEvent$1<T> {
	(listener: (e: T) => any, thisArg?: any): IDisposable$2;
}

/**
 * A helper that allows to emit and listen to typed events
 */
declare class Emitter<T> {
	constructor();
	readonly event: IEvent$1<T>;
	fire(event: T): void;
	dispose(): void;
}

declare enum MarkerTag {
	Unnecessary = 1,
	Deprecated = 2
}

declare enum MarkerSeverity {
	Hint = 1,
	Info = 2,
	Warning = 4,
	Error = 8
}

declare class CancellationTokenSource {
	constructor(parent?: CancellationToken);
	get token(): CancellationToken;
	cancel(): void;
	dispose(cancel?: boolean): void;
}

interface CancellationToken {
	/**
	 * A flag signalling is cancellation has been requested.
	 */
	readonly isCancellationRequested: boolean;
	/**
	 * An event which fires when cancellation is requested. This event
	 * only ever fires `once` as cancellation can only happen once. Listeners
	 * that are registered after cancellation will be called (next event loop run),
	 * but also only once.
	 *
	 * @event
	 */
	readonly onCancellationRequested: (listener: (e: any) => any, thisArgs?: any, disposables?: IDisposable$2[]) => IDisposable$2;
}
/**
 * Uniform Resource Identifier (Uri) http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986.
 * This class is a simple parser which creates the basic component parts
 * (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986#section-3) with minimal validation
 * and encoding.
 *
 * ```txt
 *       foo://example.com:8042/over/there?name=ferret#nose
 *       \_/   \______________/\_________/ \_________/ \__/
 *        |           |            |            |        |
 *     scheme     authority       path        query   fragment
 *        |   _____________________|__
 *       / \ /                        \
 *       urn:example:animal:ferret:nose
 * ```
 */
declare class Uri implements UriComponents {
	static isUri(thing: unknown): thing is Uri;
	/**
	 * scheme is the 'http' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
	 * The part before the first colon.
	 */
	readonly scheme: string;
	/**
	 * authority is the 'www.example.com' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
	 * The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.
	 */
	readonly authority: string;
	/**
	 * path is the '/some/path' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
	 */
	readonly path: string;
	/**
	 * query is the 'query' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
	 */
	readonly query: string;
	/**
	 * fragment is the 'fragment' part of 'http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment'.
	 */
	readonly fragment: string;
	/**
	 * Returns a string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.
	 * Will handle UNC paths, normalizes windows drive letters to lower-case, and uses the
	 * platform specific path separator.
	 *
	 * * Will *not* validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
	 * * Will *not* look at the scheme of this Uri.
	 * * The result shall *not* be used for display purposes but for accessing a file on disk.
	 *
	 *
	 * The *difference* to `Uri#path` is the use of the platform specific separator and the handling
	 * of UNC paths. See the below sample of a file-uri with an authority (UNC path).
	 *
	 * ```ts
		const u = Uri.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt')
		u.authority === 'server'
		u.path === '/shares/c$/file.txt'
		u.fsPath === '\\server\c$\folder\file.txt'
	```
	 *
	 * Using `Uri#path` to read a file (using fs-apis) would not be enough because parts of the path,
	 * namely the server name, would be missing. Therefore `Uri#fsPath` exists - it's sugar to ease working
	 * with URIs that represent files on disk (`file` scheme).
	 */
	get fsPath(): string;
	with(change: {
		scheme?: string;
		authority?: string | null;
		path?: string | null;
		query?: string | null;
		fragment?: string | null;
	}): Uri;
	/**
	 * Creates a new Uri from a string, e.g. `http://www.example.com/some/path`,
	 * `file:///usr/home`, or `scheme:with/path`.
	 *
	 * @param value A string which represents an Uri (see `Uri#toString`).
	 */
	static parse(value: string, _strict?: boolean): Uri;
	/**
	 * Creates a new Uri from a file system path, e.g. `c:\my\files`,
	 * `/usr/home`, or `\\server\share\some\path`.
	 *
	 * The *difference* between `Uri#parse` and `Uri#file` is that the latter treats the argument
	 * as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. `Uri.file(path)` is **not the same as**
	 * `Uri.parse('file://' + path)` because the path might contain characters that are
	 * interpreted (# and ?). See the following sample:
	 * ```ts
	const good = Uri.file('/coding/c#/project1');
	good.scheme === 'file';
	good.path === '/coding/c#/project1';
	good.fragment === '';
	const bad = Uri.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1');
	bad.scheme === 'file';
	bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken
	bad.fragment === '/project1';
	```
	 *
	 * @param path A file system path (see `Uri#fsPath`)
	 */
	static file(path: string): Uri;
	/**
	 * Creates new Uri from uri components.
	 *
	 * Unless `strict` is `true` the scheme is defaults to be `file`. This function performs
	 * validation and should be used for untrusted uri components retrieved from storage,
	 * user input, command arguments etc
	 */
	static from(components: UriComponents, strict?: boolean): Uri;
	/**
	 * Join a Uri path with path fragments and normalizes the resulting path.
	 *
	 * @param uri The input Uri.
	 * @param pathFragment The path fragment to add to the Uri path.
	 * @returns The resulting Uri.
	 */
	static joinPath(uri: Uri, ...pathFragment: string[]): Uri;
	/**
	 * Creates a string representation for this Uri. It's guaranteed that calling
	 * `Uri.parse` with the result of this function creates an Uri which is equal
	 * to this Uri.
	 *
	 * * The result shall *not* be used for display purposes but for externalization or transport.
	 * * The result will be encoded using the percentage encoding and encoding happens mostly
	 * ignore the scheme-specific encoding rules.
	 *
	 * @param skipEncoding Do not encode the result, default is `false`
	 */
	toString(skipEncoding?: boolean): string;
	toJSON(): UriComponents;
	/**
	 * A helper function to revive URIs.
	 *
	 * **Note** that this function should only be used when receiving Uri#toJSON generated data
	 * and that it doesn't do any validation. Use {@link Uri.from} when received "untrusted"
	 * uri components such as command arguments or data from storage.
	 *
	 * @param data The Uri components or Uri to revive.
	 * @returns The revived Uri or undefined or null.
	 */
	static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri): Uri;
	static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri | undefined): Uri | undefined;
	static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri | null): Uri | null;
	static revive(data: UriComponents | Uri | undefined | null): Uri | undefined | null;
}

interface UriComponents {
	scheme: string;
	authority?: string;
	path?: string;
	query?: string;
	fragment?: string;
}
/**
 * Virtual Key Codes, the value does not hold any inherent meaning.
 * Inspired somewhat from https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd375731(v=vs.85).aspx
 * But these are "more general", as they should work across browsers & OS`s.
 */
declare enum KeyCode {
	DependsOnKbLayout = -1,
	/**
	 * Placed first to cover the 0 value of the enum.
	 */
	Unknown = 0,
	Backspace = 1,
	Tab = 2,
	Enter = 3,
	Shift = 4,
	Ctrl = 5,
	Alt = 6,
	PauseBreak = 7,
	CapsLock = 8,
	Escape = 9,
	Space = 10,
	PageUp = 11,
	PageDown = 12,
	End = 13,
	Home = 14,
	LeftArrow = 15,
	UpArrow = 16,
	RightArrow = 17,
	DownArrow = 18,
	Insert = 19,
	Delete = 20,
	Digit0 = 21,
	Digit1 = 22,
	Digit2 = 23,
	Digit3 = 24,
	Digit4 = 25,
	Digit5 = 26,
	Digit6 = 27,
	Digit7 = 28,
	Digit8 = 29,
	Digit9 = 30,
	KeyA = 31,
	KeyB = 32,
	KeyC = 33,
	KeyD = 34,
	KeyE = 35,
	KeyF = 36,
	KeyG = 37,
	KeyH = 38,
	KeyI = 39,
	KeyJ = 40,
	KeyK = 41,
	KeyL = 42,
	KeyM = 43,
	KeyN = 44,
	KeyO = 45,
	KeyP = 46,
	KeyQ = 47,
	KeyR = 48,
	KeyS = 49,
	KeyT = 50,
	KeyU = 51,
	KeyV = 52,
	KeyW = 53,
	KeyX = 54,
	KeyY = 55,
	KeyZ = 56,
	Meta = 57,
	ContextMenu = 58,
	F1 = 59,
	F2 = 60,
	F3 = 61,
	F4 = 62,
	F5 = 63,
	F6 = 64,
	F7 = 65,
	F8 = 66,
	F9 = 67,
	F10 = 68,
	F11 = 69,
	F12 = 70,
	F13 = 71,
	F14 = 72,
	F15 = 73,
	F16 = 74,
	F17 = 75,
	F18 = 76,
	F19 = 77,
	F20 = 78,
	F21 = 79,
	F22 = 80,
	F23 = 81,
	F24 = 82,
	NumLock = 83,
	ScrollLock = 84,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the ';:' key
	 */
	Semicolon = 85,
	/**
	 * For any country/region, the '+' key
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '=+' key
	 */
	Equal = 86,
	/**
	 * For any country/region, the ',' key
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the ',<' key
	 */
	Comma = 87,
	/**
	 * For any country/region, the '-' key
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '-_' key
	 */
	Minus = 88,
	/**
	 * For any country/region, the '.' key
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '.>' key
	 */
	Period = 89,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '/?' key
	 */
	Slash = 90,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '`~' key
	 */
	Backquote = 91,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '[{' key
	 */
	BracketLeft = 92,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the '\|' key
	 */
	Backslash = 93,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the ']}' key
	 */
	BracketRight = 94,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 * For the US standard keyboard, the ''"' key
	 */
	Quote = 95,
	/**
	 * Used for miscellaneous characters; it can vary by keyboard.
	 */
	OEM_8 = 96,
	/**
	 * Either the angle bracket key or the backslash key on the RT 102-key keyboard.
	 */
	IntlBackslash = 97,
	Numpad0 = 98,// VK_NUMPAD0, 0x60, Numeric keypad 0 key
	Numpad1 = 99,// VK_NUMPAD1, 0x61, Numeric keypad 1 key
	Numpad2 = 100,// VK_NUMPAD2, 0x62, Numeric keypad 2 key
	Numpad3 = 101,// VK_NUMPAD3, 0x63, Numeric keypad 3 key
	Numpad4 = 102,// VK_NUMPAD4, 0x64, Numeric keypad 4 key
	Numpad5 = 103,// VK_NUMPAD5, 0x65, Numeric keypad 5 key
	Numpad6 = 104,// VK_NUMPAD6, 0x66, Numeric keypad 6 key
	Numpad7 = 105,// VK_NUMPAD7, 0x67, Numeric keypad 7 key
	Numpad8 = 106,// VK_NUMPAD8, 0x68, Numeric keypad 8 key
	Numpad9 = 107,// VK_NUMPAD9, 0x69, Numeric keypad 9 key
	NumpadMultiply = 108,// VK_MULTIPLY, 0x6A, Multiply key
	NumpadAdd = 109,// VK_ADD, 0x6B, Add key
	NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = 110,// VK_SEPARATOR, 0x6C, Separator key
	NumpadSubtract = 111,// VK_SUBTRACT, 0x6D, Subtract key
	NumpadDecimal = 112,// VK_DECIMAL, 0x6E, Decimal key
	NumpadDivide = 113,// VK_DIVIDE, 0x6F,
	/**
	 * Cover all key codes when IME is processing input.
	 */
	KEY_IN_COMPOSITION = 114,
	ABNT_C1 = 115,// Brazilian (ABNT) Keyboard
	ABNT_C2 = 116,// Brazilian (ABNT) Keyboard
	AudioVolumeMute = 117,
	AudioVolumeUp = 118,
	AudioVolumeDown = 119,
	BrowserSearch = 120,
	BrowserHome = 121,
	BrowserBack = 122,
	BrowserForward = 123,
	MediaTrackNext = 124,
	MediaTrackPrevious = 125,
	MediaStop = 126,
	MediaPlayPause = 127,
	LaunchMediaPlayer = 128,
	LaunchMail = 129,
	LaunchApp2 = 130,
	/**
	 * VK_CLEAR, 0x0C, CLEAR key
	 */
	Clear = 131,
	/**
	 * Placed last to cover the length of the enum.
	 * Please do not depend on this value!
	 */
	MAX_VALUE = 132
}
declare class KeyMod {
	static readonly CtrlCmd: number;
	static readonly Shift: number;
	static readonly Alt: number;
	static readonly WinCtrl: number;
	static chord(firstPart: number, secondPart: number): number;
}

interface IMarkdownString {
	readonly value: string;
	readonly isTrusted?: boolean | MarkdownStringTrustedOptions;
	readonly supportThemeIcons?: boolean;
	readonly supportHtml?: boolean;
	readonly baseUri?: UriComponents;
	uris?: {
		[href: string]: UriComponents;
	};
}

interface MarkdownStringTrustedOptions {
	readonly enabledCommands: readonly string[];
}

interface IKeyboardEvent {
	readonly _standardKeyboardEventBrand: true;
	readonly browserEvent: KeyboardEvent;
	readonly target: HTMLElement;
	readonly ctrlKey: boolean;
	readonly shiftKey: boolean;
	readonly altKey: boolean;
	readonly metaKey: boolean;
	readonly altGraphKey: boolean;
	readonly keyCode: KeyCode;
	readonly code: string;
	equals(keybinding: number): boolean;
	preventDefault(): void;
	stopPropagation(): void;
}
interface IMouseEvent {
	readonly browserEvent: MouseEvent;
	readonly leftButton: boolean;
	readonly middleButton: boolean;
	readonly rightButton: boolean;
	readonly buttons: number;
	readonly target: HTMLElement;
	readonly detail: number;
	readonly posx: number;
	readonly posy: number;
	readonly ctrlKey: boolean;
	readonly shiftKey: boolean;
	readonly altKey: boolean;
	readonly metaKey: boolean;
	readonly timestamp: number;
	readonly defaultPrevented: boolean;
	preventDefault(): void;
	stopPropagation(): void;
}

interface IScrollEvent {
	readonly scrollTop: number;
	readonly scrollLeft: number;
	readonly scrollWidth: number;
	readonly scrollHeight: number;
	readonly scrollTopChanged: boolean;
	readonly scrollLeftChanged: boolean;
	readonly scrollWidthChanged: boolean;
	readonly scrollHeightChanged: boolean;
}
/**
 * A position in the editor. This interface is suitable for serialization.
 */
interface IPosition {
	/**
	 * line number (starts at 1)
	 */
	readonly lineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * column (the first character in a line is between column 1 and column 2)
	 */
	readonly column: number;
}

/**
 * A position in the editor.
 */
declare class Position {
	/**
	 * line number (starts at 1)
	 */
	readonly lineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * column (the first character in a line is between column 1 and column 2)
	 */
	readonly column: number;
	constructor(lineNumber: number, column: number);
	/**
	 * Create a new position from this position.
	 *
	 * @param newLineNumber new line number
	 * @param newColumn new column
	 */
	with(newLineNumber?: number, newColumn?: number): Position;
	/**
	 * Derive a new position from this position.
	 *
	 * @param deltaLineNumber line number delta
	 * @param deltaColumn column delta
	 */
	delta(deltaLineNumber?: number, deltaColumn?: number): Position;
	/**
	 * Test if this position equals other position
	 */
	equals(other: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if position `a` equals position `b`
	 */
	static equals(a: IPosition | null, b: IPosition | null): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if this position is before other position.
	 * If the two positions are equal, the result will be false.
	 */
	isBefore(other: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if position `a` is before position `b`.
	 * If the two positions are equal, the result will be false.
	 */
	static isBefore(a: IPosition, b: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if this position is before other position.
	 * If the two positions are equal, the result will be true.
	 */
	isBeforeOrEqual(other: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if position `a` is before position `b`.
	 * If the two positions are equal, the result will be true.
	 */
	static isBeforeOrEqual(a: IPosition, b: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * A function that compares positions, useful for sorting
	 */
	static compare(a: IPosition, b: IPosition): number;
	/**
	 * Clone this position.
	 */
	clone(): Position;
	/**
	 * Convert to a human-readable representation.
	 */
	toString(): string;
	/**
	 * Create a `Position` from an `IPosition`.
	 */
	static lift(pos: IPosition): Position;
	/**
	 * Test if `obj` is an `IPosition`.
	 */
	static isIPosition(obj: unknown): obj is IPosition;
	toJSON(): IPosition;
}

/**
 * A range in the editor. This interface is suitable for serialization.
 */
interface IRange {
	/**
	 * Line number on which the range starts (starts at 1).
	 */
	readonly startLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * Column on which the range starts in line `startLineNumber` (starts at 1).
	 */
	readonly startColumn: number;
	/**
	 * Line number on which the range ends.
	 */
	readonly endLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * Column on which the range ends in line `endLineNumber`.
	 */
	readonly endColumn: number;
}

/**
 * A range in the editor. (startLineNumber,startColumn) is <= (endLineNumber,endColumn)
 */
declare class Range {
	/**
	 * Line number on which the range starts (starts at 1).
	 */
	readonly startLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * Column on which the range starts in line `startLineNumber` (starts at 1).
	 */
	readonly startColumn: number;
	/**
	 * Line number on which the range ends.
	 */
	readonly endLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * Column on which the range ends in line `endLineNumber`.
	 */
	readonly endColumn: number;
	constructor(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number, endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number);
	/**
	 * Test if this range is empty.
	 */
	isEmpty(): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if `range` is empty.
	 */
	static isEmpty(range: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if position is in this range. If the position is at the edges, will return true.
	 */
	containsPosition(position: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if `position` is in `range`. If the position is at the edges, will return true.
	 */
	static containsPosition(range: IRange, position: IPosition): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if range is in this range. If the range is equal to this range, will return true.
	 */
	containsRange(range: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if `otherRange` is in `range`. If the ranges are equal, will return true.
	 */
	static containsRange(range: IRange, otherRange: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if `range` is strictly in this range. `range` must start after and end before this range for the result to be true.
	 */
	strictContainsRange(range: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if `otherRange` is strictly in `range` (must start after, and end before). If the ranges are equal, will return false.
	 */
	static strictContainsRange(range: IRange, otherRange: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * A reunion of the two ranges.
	 * The smallest position will be used as the start point, and the largest one as the end point.
	 */
	plusRange(range: IRange): Range;
	/**
	 * A reunion of the two ranges.
	 * The smallest position will be used as the start point, and the largest one as the end point.
	 */
	static plusRange(a: IRange, b: IRange): Range;
	/**
	 * A intersection of the two ranges.
	 */
	intersectRanges(range: IRange): Range | null;
	/**
	 * A intersection of the two ranges.
	 */
	static intersectRanges(a: IRange, b: IRange): Range | null;
	/**
	 * Test if this range equals other.
	 */
	equalsRange(other: IRange | null | undefined): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if range `a` equals `b`.
	 */
	static equalsRange(a: IRange | null | undefined, b: IRange | null | undefined): boolean;
	/**
	 * Return the end position (which will be after or equal to the start position)
	 */
	getEndPosition(): Position;
	/**
	 * Return the end position (which will be after or equal to the start position)
	 */
	static getEndPosition(range: IRange): Position;
	/**
	 * Return the start position (which will be before or equal to the end position)
	 */
	getStartPosition(): Position;
	/**
	 * Return the start position (which will be before or equal to the end position)
	 */
	static getStartPosition(range: IRange): Position;
	/**
	 * Transform to a user presentable string representation.
	 */
	toString(): string;
	/**
	 * Create a new range using this range's start position, and using endLineNumber and endColumn as the end position.
	 */
	setEndPosition(endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number): Range;
	/**
	 * Create a new range using this range's end position, and using startLineNumber and startColumn as the start position.
	 */
	setStartPosition(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number): Range;
	/**
	 * Create a new empty range using this range's start position.
	 */
	collapseToStart(): Range;
	/**
	 * Create a new empty range using this range's start position.
	 */
	static collapseToStart(range: IRange): Range;
	/**
	 * Create a new empty range using this range's end position.
	 */
	collapseToEnd(): Range;
	/**
	 * Create a new empty range using this range's end position.
	 */
	static collapseToEnd(range: IRange): Range;
	/**
	 * Moves the range by the given amount of lines.
	 */
	delta(lineCount: number): Range;
	isSingleLine(): boolean;
	static fromPositions(start: IPosition, end?: IPosition): Range;
	/**
	 * Create a `Range` from an `IRange`.
	 */
	static lift(range: undefined | null): null;
	static lift(range: IRange): Range;
	static lift(range: IRange | undefined | null): Range | null;
	/**
	 * Test if `obj` is an `IRange`.
	 */
	static isIRange(obj: unknown): obj is IRange;
	/**
	 * Test if the two ranges are touching in any way.
	 */
	static areIntersectingOrTouching(a: IRange, b: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if the two ranges are intersecting. If the ranges are touching it returns true.
	 */
	static areIntersecting(a: IRange, b: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if the two ranges are intersecting, but not touching at all.
	 */
	static areOnlyIntersecting(a: IRange, b: IRange): boolean;
	/**
	 * A function that compares ranges, useful for sorting ranges
	 * It will first compare ranges on the startPosition and then on the endPosition
	 */
	static compareRangesUsingStarts(a: IRange | null | undefined, b: IRange | null | undefined): number;
	/**
	 * A function that compares ranges, useful for sorting ranges
	 * It will first compare ranges on the endPosition and then on the startPosition
	 */
	static compareRangesUsingEnds(a: IRange, b: IRange): number;
	/**
	 * Test if the range spans multiple lines.
	 */
	static spansMultipleLines(range: IRange): boolean;
	toJSON(): IRange;
}

/**
 * A selection in the editor.
 * The selection is a range that has an orientation.
 */
interface ISelection {
	/**
	 * The line number on which the selection has started.
	 */
	readonly selectionStartLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * The column on `selectionStartLineNumber` where the selection has started.
	 */
	readonly selectionStartColumn: number;
	/**
	 * The line number on which the selection has ended.
	 */
	readonly positionLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * The column on `positionLineNumber` where the selection has ended.
	 */
	readonly positionColumn: number;
}

/**
 * A selection in the editor.
 * The selection is a range that has an orientation.
 */
declare class Selection extends Range {
	/**
	 * The line number on which the selection has started.
	 */
	readonly selectionStartLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * The column on `selectionStartLineNumber` where the selection has started.
	 */
	readonly selectionStartColumn: number;
	/**
	 * The line number on which the selection has ended.
	 */
	readonly positionLineNumber: number;
	/**
	 * The column on `positionLineNumber` where the selection has ended.
	 */
	readonly positionColumn: number;
	constructor(selectionStartLineNumber: number, selectionStartColumn: number, positionLineNumber: number, positionColumn: number);
	/**
	 * Transform to a human-readable representation.
	 */
	toString(): string;
	/**
	 * Test if equals other selection.
	 */
	equalsSelection(other: ISelection): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if the two selections are equal.
	 */
	static selectionsEqual(a: ISelection, b: ISelection): boolean;
	/**
	 * Get directions (LTR or RTL).
	 */
	getDirection(): SelectionDirection;
	/**
	 * Create a new selection with a different `positionLineNumber` and `positionColumn`.
	 */
	setEndPosition(endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number): Selection;
	/**
	 * Get the position at `positionLineNumber` and `positionColumn`.
	 */
	getPosition(): Position;
	/**
	 * Get the position at the start of the selection.
	*/
	getSelectionStart(): Position;
	/**
	 * Create a new selection with a different `selectionStartLineNumber` and `selectionStartColumn`.
	 */
	setStartPosition(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number): Selection;
	/**
	 * Create a `Selection` from one or two positions
	 */
	static fromPositions(start: IPosition, end?: IPosition): Selection;
	/**
	 * Creates a `Selection` from a range, given a direction.
	 */
	static fromRange(range: Range, direction: SelectionDirection): Selection;
	/**
	 * Create a `Selection` from an `ISelection`.
	 */
	static liftSelection(sel: ISelection): Selection;
	/**
	 * `a` equals `b`.
	 */
	static selectionsArrEqual(a: ISelection[], b: ISelection[]): boolean;
	/**
	 * Test if `obj` is an `ISelection`.
	 */
	static isISelection(obj: unknown): obj is ISelection;
	/**
	 * Create with a direction.
	 */
	static createWithDirection(startLineNumber: number, startColumn: number, endLineNumber: number, endColumn: number, direction: SelectionDirection): Selection;
}

/**
 * The direction of a selection.
 */
declare enum SelectionDirection {
	/**
	 * The selection starts above where it ends.
	 */
	LTR = 0,
	/**
	 * The selection starts below where it ends.
	 */
	RTL = 1
}

declare class Token {
	readonly offset: number;
	readonly type: string;
	readonly language: string;
	_tokenBrand: void;
	constructor(offset: number, type: string, language: string);
	toString(): string;
}

declare namespace editor {

	/**
	 * Create a new editor under `domElement`.
	 * `domElement` should be empty (not contain other dom nodes).
	 * The editor will read the size of `domElement`.
	 */
	export function create(domElement: HTMLElement, options?: IStandaloneEditorConstructionOptions, override?: IEditorOverrideServices): IStandaloneCodeEditor;

	/**
	 * Emitted when an editor is created.
	 * Creating a diff editor might cause this listener to be invoked with the two editors.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onDidCreateEditor(listener: (codeEditor: ICodeEditor) => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Emitted when an diff editor is created.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onDidCreateDiffEditor(listener: (diffEditor: IDiffEditor) => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Get all the created editors.
	 */
	export function getEditors(): readonly ICodeEditor[];

	/**
	 * Get all the created diff editors.
	 */
	export function getDiffEditors(): readonly IDiffEditor[];

	/**
	 * Create a new diff editor under `domElement`.
	 * `domElement` should be empty (not contain other dom nodes).
	 * The editor will read the size of `domElement`.
	 */
	export function createDiffEditor(domElement: HTMLElement, options?: IStandaloneDiffEditorConstructionOptions, override?: IEditorOverrideServices): IStandaloneDiffEditor;

	export function createMultiFileDiffEditor(domElement: HTMLElement, override?: IEditorOverrideServices): any;

	/**
	 * Description of a command contribution
	 */
	export interface ICommandDescriptor {
		/**
		 * An unique identifier of the contributed command.
		 */
		id: string;
		/**
		 * Callback that will be executed when the command is triggered.
		 */
		run: ICommandHandler;
	}

	/**
	 * Add a command.
	 */
	export function addCommand(descriptor: ICommandDescriptor): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Add an action to all editors.
	 */
	export function addEditorAction(descriptor: IActionDescriptor): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * A keybinding rule.
	 */
	export interface IKeybindingRule {
		keybinding: number;
		command?: string | null;
		commandArgs?: any;
		when?: string | null;
	}

	/**
	 * Add a keybinding rule.
	 */
	export function addKeybindingRule(rule: IKeybindingRule): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Add keybinding rules.
	 */
	export function addKeybindingRules(rules: IKeybindingRule[]): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Create a new editor model.
	 * You can specify the language that should be set for this model or let the language be inferred from the `uri`.
	 */
	export function createModel(value: string, language?: string, uri?: Uri): ITextModel;

	/**
	 * Change the language for a model.
	 */
	export function setModelLanguage(model: ITextModel, mimeTypeOrLanguageId: string): void;

	/**
	 * Set the markers for a model.
	 */
	export function setModelMarkers(model: ITextModel, owner: string, markers: IMarkerData[]): void;

	/**
	 * Remove all markers of an owner.
	 */
	export function removeAllMarkers(owner: string): void;

	/**
	 * Get markers for owner and/or resource
	 *
	 * @returns list of markers
	 */
	export function getModelMarkers(filter: {
		owner?: string;
		resource?: Uri;
		take?: number;
	}): IMarker[];

	/**
	 * Emitted when markers change for a model.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onDidChangeMarkers(listener: (e: readonly Uri[]) => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Get the model that has `uri` if it exists.
	 */
	export function getModel(uri: Uri): ITextModel | null;

	/**
	 * Get all the created models.
	 */
	export function getModels(): ITextModel[];

	/**
	 * Emitted when a model is created.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onDidCreateModel(listener: (model: ITextModel) => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Emitted right before a model is disposed.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onWillDisposeModel(listener: (model: ITextModel) => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Emitted when a different language is set to a model.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onDidChangeModelLanguage(listener: (e: {
		readonly model: ITextModel;
		readonly oldLanguage: string;
	}) => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Create a new web worker that has model syncing capabilities built in.
	 * Specify an AMD module to load that will `create` an object that will be proxied.
	 */
	export function createWebWorker<T extends object>(opts: IInternalWebWorkerOptions): MonacoWebWorker<T>;

	/**
	 * Colorize the contents of `domNode` using attribute `data-lang`.
	 */
	export function colorizeElement(domNode: HTMLElement, options: IColorizerElementOptions): Promise<void>;

	/**
	 * Colorize `text` using language `languageId`.
	 */
	export function colorize(text: string, languageId: string, options: IColorizerOptions): Promise<string>;

	/**
	 * Colorize a line in a model.
	 */
	export function colorizeModelLine(model: ITextModel, lineNumber: number, tabSize?: number): string;

	/**
	 * Tokenize `text` using language `languageId`
	 */
	export function tokenize(text: string, languageId: string): Token[][];

	/**
	 * Define a new theme or update an existing theme.
	 */
	export function defineTheme(themeName: string, themeData: IStandaloneThemeData): void;

	/**
	 * Switches to a theme.
	 */
	export function setTheme(themeName: string): void;

	/**
	 * Clears all cached font measurements and triggers re-measurement.
	 */
	export function remeasureFonts(): void;

	/**
	 * Register a command.
	 */
	export function registerCommand(id: string, handler: (accessor: any, ...args: any[]) => void): IDisposable$2;

	export interface ILinkOpener {
		open(resource: Uri): boolean | Promise<boolean>;
	}

	/**
	 * Registers a handler that is called when a link is opened in any editor. The handler callback should return `true` if the link was handled and `false` otherwise.
	 * The handler that was registered last will be called first when a link is opened.
	 *
	 * Returns a disposable that can unregister the opener again.
	 */
	export function registerLinkOpener(opener: ILinkOpener): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Represents an object that can handle editor open operations (e.g. when "go to definition" is called
	 * with a resource other than the current model).
	 */
	export interface ICodeEditorOpener {
		/**
		 * Callback that is invoked when a resource other than the current model should be opened (e.g. when "go to definition" is called).
		 * The callback should return `true` if the request was handled and `false` otherwise.
		 * @param source The code editor instance that initiated the request.
		 * @param resource The Uri of the resource that should be opened.
		 * @param selectionOrPosition An optional position or selection inside the model corresponding to `resource` that can be used to set the cursor.
		 */
		openCodeEditor(source: ICodeEditor, resource: Uri, selectionOrPosition?: IRange | IPosition): boolean | Promise<boolean>;
	}

	/**
	 * Registers a handler that is called when a resource other than the current model should be opened in the editor (e.g. "go to definition").
	 * The handler callback should return `true` if the request was handled and `false` otherwise.
	 *
	 * Returns a disposable that can unregister the opener again.
	 *
	 * If no handler is registered the default behavior is to do nothing for models other than the currently attached one.
	 */
	export function registerEditorOpener(opener: ICodeEditorOpener): IDisposable$2;

	export type BuiltinTheme = 'vs' | 'vs-dark' | 'hc-black' | 'hc-light';

	export interface IStandaloneThemeData {
		base: BuiltinTheme;
		inherit: boolean;
		rules: ITokenThemeRule[];
		encodedTokensColors?: string[];
		colors: IColors;
	}

	export type IColors = {
		[colorId: string]: string;
	};

	export interface ITokenThemeRule {
		token: string;
		foreground?: string;
		background?: string;
		fontStyle?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * A web worker that can provide a proxy to an arbitrary file.
	 */
	export interface MonacoWebWorker<T> {
		/**
		 * Terminate the web worker, thus invalidating the returned proxy.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
		/**
		 * Get a proxy to the arbitrary loaded code.
		 */
		getProxy(): Promise<T>;
		/**
		 * Synchronize (send) the models at `resources` to the web worker,
		 * making them available in the monaco.worker.getMirrorModels().
		 */
		withSyncedResources(resources: Uri[]): Promise<T>;
	}

	export interface IInternalWebWorkerOptions {
		/**
		 * The worker.
		 */
		worker: Worker | Promise<Worker>;
		/**
		 * An object that can be used by the web worker to make calls back to the main thread.
		 */
		host?: Record<string, Function>;
		/**
		 * Keep idle models.
		 * Defaults to false, which means that idle models will stop syncing after a while.
		 */
		keepIdleModels?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Description of an action contribution
	 */
	export interface IActionDescriptor {
		/**
		 * An unique identifier of the contributed action.
		 */
		id: string;
		/**
		 * A label of the action that will be presented to the user.
		 */
		label: string;
		/**
		 * Precondition rule. The value should be a [context key expression](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/keybindings#_when-clause-contexts).
		 */
		precondition?: string;
		/**
		 * An array of keybindings for the action.
		 */
		keybindings?: number[];
		/**
		 * The keybinding rule (condition on top of precondition).
		 */
		keybindingContext?: string;
		/**
		 * Control if the action should show up in the context menu and where.
		 * The context menu of the editor has these default:
		 *   navigation - The navigation group comes first in all cases.
		 *   1_modification - This group comes next and contains commands that modify your code.
		 *   9_cutcopypaste - The last default group with the basic editing commands.
		 * You can also create your own group.
		 * Defaults to null (don't show in context menu).
		 */
		contextMenuGroupId?: string;
		/**
		 * Control the order in the context menu group.
		 */
		contextMenuOrder?: number;
		/**
		 * Method that will be executed when the action is triggered.
		 * @param editor The editor instance is passed in as a convenience
		 */
		run(editor: ICodeEditor, ...args: unknown[]): void | Promise<void>;
	}

	/**
	 * Options which apply for all editors.
	 */
	export interface IGlobalEditorOptions {
		/**
		 * The number of spaces a tab is equal to.
		 * This setting is overridden based on the file contents when `detectIndentation` is on.
		 * Defaults to 4.
		 */
		tabSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Insert spaces when pressing `Tab`.
		 * This setting is overridden based on the file contents when `detectIndentation` is on.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		insertSpaces?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether `tabSize` and `insertSpaces` will be automatically detected when a file is opened based on the file contents.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		detectIndentation?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Remove trailing auto inserted whitespace.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		trimAutoWhitespace?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Special handling for large files to disable certain memory intensive features.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		largeFileOptimizations?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether completions should be computed based on words in the document.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		wordBasedSuggestions?: 'off' | 'currentDocument' | 'matchingDocuments' | 'allDocuments';
		/**
		 * Controls whether word based completions should be included from opened documents of the same language or any language.
		 */
		wordBasedSuggestionsOnlySameLanguage?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the semanticHighlighting is shown for the languages that support it.
		 * true: semanticHighlighting is enabled for all themes
		 * false: semanticHighlighting is disabled for all themes
		 * 'configuredByTheme': semanticHighlighting is controlled by the current color theme's semanticHighlighting setting.
		 * Defaults to 'byTheme'.
		 */
		'semanticHighlighting.enabled'?: true | false | 'configuredByTheme';
		/**
		 * Keep peek editors open even when double-clicking their content or when hitting `Escape`.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		stablePeek?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Lines above this length will not be tokenized for performance reasons.
		 * Defaults to 20000.
		 */
		maxTokenizationLineLength?: number;
		/**
		 * Theme to be used for rendering.
		 * The current out-of-the-box available themes are: 'vs' (default), 'vs-dark', 'hc-black', 'hc-light'.
		 * You can create custom themes via `monaco.editor.defineTheme`.
		 * To switch a theme, use `monaco.editor.setTheme`.
		 * **NOTE**: The theme might be overwritten if the OS is in high contrast mode, unless `autoDetectHighContrast` is set to false.
		 */
		theme?: string;
		/**
		 * If enabled, will automatically change to high contrast theme if the OS is using a high contrast theme.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		autoDetectHighContrast?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * The options to create an editor.
	 */
	export interface IStandaloneEditorConstructionOptions extends IEditorConstructionOptions, IGlobalEditorOptions {
		/**
		 * The initial model associated with this code editor.
		 */
		model?: ITextModel | null;
		/**
		 * The initial value of the auto created model in the editor.
		 * To not automatically create a model, use `model: null`.
		 */
		value?: string;
		/**
		 * The initial language of the auto created model in the editor.
		 * To not automatically create a model, use `model: null`.
		 */
		language?: string;
		/**
		 * Initial theme to be used for rendering.
		 * The current out-of-the-box available themes are: 'vs' (default), 'vs-dark', 'hc-black', 'hc-light.
		 * You can create custom themes via `monaco.editor.defineTheme`.
		 * To switch a theme, use `monaco.editor.setTheme`.
		 * **NOTE**: The theme might be overwritten if the OS is in high contrast mode, unless `autoDetectHighContrast` is set to false.
		 */
		theme?: string;
		/**
		 * If enabled, will automatically change to high contrast theme if the OS is using a high contrast theme.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		autoDetectHighContrast?: boolean;
		/**
		 * An URL to open when Ctrl+H (Windows and Linux) or Cmd+H (OSX) is pressed in
		 * the accessibility help dialog in the editor.
		 *
		 * Defaults to "https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=852450"
		 */
		accessibilityHelpUrl?: string;
		/**
		 * Container element to use for ARIA messages.
		 * Defaults to document.body.
		 */
		ariaContainerElement?: HTMLElement;
	}

	/**
	 * The options to create a diff editor.
	 */
	export interface IStandaloneDiffEditorConstructionOptions extends IDiffEditorConstructionOptions {
		/**
		 * Initial theme to be used for rendering.
		 * The current out-of-the-box available themes are: 'vs' (default), 'vs-dark', 'hc-black', 'hc-light.
		 * You can create custom themes via `monaco.editor.defineTheme`.
		 * To switch a theme, use `monaco.editor.setTheme`.
		 * **NOTE**: The theme might be overwritten if the OS is in high contrast mode, unless `autoDetectHighContrast` is set to false.
		 */
		theme?: string;
		/**
		 * If enabled, will automatically change to high contrast theme if the OS is using a high contrast theme.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		autoDetectHighContrast?: boolean;
	}

	export interface IStandaloneCodeEditor extends ICodeEditor {
		updateOptions(newOptions: IEditorOptions & IGlobalEditorOptions): void;
		addCommand(keybinding: number, handler: ICommandHandler, context?: string): string | null;
		createContextKey<T extends ContextKeyValue = ContextKeyValue>(key: string, defaultValue: T): IContextKey<T>;
		addAction(descriptor: IActionDescriptor): IDisposable$2;
	}

	export interface IStandaloneDiffEditor extends IDiffEditor {
		addCommand(keybinding: number, handler: ICommandHandler, context?: string): string | null;
		createContextKey<T extends ContextKeyValue = ContextKeyValue>(key: string, defaultValue: T): IContextKey<T>;
		addAction(descriptor: IActionDescriptor): IDisposable$2;
		getOriginalEditor(): IStandaloneCodeEditor;
		getModifiedEditor(): IStandaloneCodeEditor;
	}
	export interface ICommandHandler {
		(...args: any[]): void;
	}
	export interface ILocalizedString {
		original: string;
		value: string;
	}
	export interface ICommandMetadata {
		readonly description: ILocalizedString | string;
	}

	export interface IContextKey<T extends ContextKeyValue = ContextKeyValue> {
		set(value: T): void;
		reset(): void;
		get(): T | undefined;
	}

	export type ContextKeyValue = null | undefined | boolean | number | string | Array<null | undefined | boolean | number | string> | Record<string, null | undefined | boolean | number | string>;

	export interface IEditorOverrideServices {
		[index: string]: unknown;
	}

	export interface IMarker {
		owner: string;
		resource: Uri;
		severity: MarkerSeverity;
		code?: string | {
			value: string;
			target: Uri;
		};
		message: string;
		source?: string;
		startLineNumber: number;
		startColumn: number;
		endLineNumber: number;
		endColumn: number;
		modelVersionId?: number;
		relatedInformation?: IRelatedInformation[];
		tags?: MarkerTag[];
		origin?: string | undefined;
	}

	/**
	 * A structure defining a problem/warning/etc.
	 */
	export interface IMarkerData {
		code?: string | {
			value: string;
			target: Uri;
		};
		severity: MarkerSeverity;
		message: string;
		source?: string;
		startLineNumber: number;
		startColumn: number;
		endLineNumber: number;
		endColumn: number;
		modelVersionId?: number;
		relatedInformation?: IRelatedInformation[];
		tags?: MarkerTag[];
		origin?: string | undefined;
	}

	/**
	 *
	 */
	export interface IRelatedInformation {
		resource: Uri;
		message: string;
		startLineNumber: number;
		startColumn: number;
		endLineNumber: number;
		endColumn: number;
	}

	export interface IColorizerOptions {
		tabSize?: number;
	}

	export interface IColorizerElementOptions extends IColorizerOptions {
		theme?: string;
		mimeType?: string;
	}

	export enum ScrollbarVisibility {
		Auto = 1,
		Hidden = 2,
		Visible = 3
	}

	export interface ThemeColor {
		id: string;
	}

	export interface ThemeIcon {
		readonly id: string;
		readonly color?: ThemeColor;
	}

	/**
	 * A single edit operation, that acts as a simple replace.
	 * i.e. Replace text at `range` with `text` in model.
	 */
	export interface ISingleEditOperation {
		/**
		 * The range to replace. This can be empty to emulate a simple insert.
		 */
		range: IRange;
		/**
		 * The text to replace with. This can be null to emulate a simple delete.
		 */
		text: string | null;
		/**
		 * This indicates that this operation has "insert" semantics.
		 * i.e. forceMoveMarkers = true => if `range` is collapsed, all markers at the position will be moved.
		 */
		forceMoveMarkers?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Word inside a model.
	 */
	export interface IWordAtPosition {
		/**
		 * The word.
		 */
		readonly word: string;
		/**
		 * The column where the word starts.
		 */
		readonly startColumn: number;
		/**
		 * The column where the word ends.
		 */
		readonly endColumn: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Vertical Lane in the overview ruler of the editor.
	 */
	export enum OverviewRulerLane {
		Left = 1,
		Center = 2,
		Right = 4,
		Full = 7
	}

	/**
	 * Vertical Lane in the glyph margin of the editor.
	 */
	export enum GlyphMarginLane {
		Left = 1,
		Center = 2,
		Right = 3
	}

	export interface IGlyphMarginLanesModel {
		/**
		 * The number of lanes that should be rendered in the editor.
		 */
		readonly requiredLanes: number;
		/**
		 * Gets the lanes that should be rendered starting at a given line number.
		 */
		getLanesAtLine(lineNumber: number): GlyphMarginLane[];
		/**
		 * Resets the model and ensures it can contain at least `maxLine` lines.
		 */
		reset(maxLine: number): void;
		/**
		 * Registers that a lane should be visible at the Range in the model.
		 * @param persist - if true, notes that the lane should always be visible,
		 * even on lines where there's no specific request for that lane.
		 */
		push(lane: GlyphMarginLane, range: Range, persist?: boolean): void;
	}

	/**
	 * Position in the minimap to render the decoration.
	 */
	export enum MinimapPosition {
		Inline = 1,
		Gutter = 2
	}

	/**
	 * Section header style.
	 */
	export enum MinimapSectionHeaderStyle {
		Normal = 1,
		Underlined = 2
	}

	export interface IDecorationOptions {
		/**
		 * CSS color to render.
		 * e.g.: rgba(100, 100, 100, 0.5) or a color from the color registry
		 */
		color: string | ThemeColor | undefined;
		/**
		 * CSS color to render.
		 * e.g.: rgba(100, 100, 100, 0.5) or a color from the color registry
		 */
		darkColor?: string | ThemeColor;
	}

	export interface IModelDecorationGlyphMarginOptions {
		/**
		 * The position in the glyph margin.
		 */
		position: GlyphMarginLane;
		/**
		 * Whether the glyph margin lane in {@link position} should be rendered even
		 * outside of this decoration's range.
		 */
		persistLane?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Options for rendering a model decoration in the overview ruler.
	 */
	export interface IModelDecorationOverviewRulerOptions extends IDecorationOptions {
		/**
		 * The position in the overview ruler.
		 */
		position: OverviewRulerLane;
	}

	/**
	 * Options for rendering a model decoration in the minimap.
	 */
	export interface IModelDecorationMinimapOptions extends IDecorationOptions {
		/**
		 * The position in the minimap.
		 */
		position: MinimapPosition;
		/**
		 * If the decoration is for a section header, which header style.
		 */
		sectionHeaderStyle?: MinimapSectionHeaderStyle | null;
		/**
		 * If the decoration is for a section header, the header text.
		 */
		sectionHeaderText?: string | null;
	}

	/**
	 * Options for a model decoration.
	 */
	export interface IModelDecorationOptions {
		/**
		 * Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when typing at the edges of the decoration.
		 * Defaults to TrackedRangeStickiness.AlwaysGrowsWhenTypingAtEdges
		 */
		stickiness?: TrackedRangeStickiness;
		/**
		 * CSS class name describing the decoration.
		 */
		className?: string | null;
		/**
		 * Indicates whether the decoration should span across the entire line when it continues onto the next line.
		 */
		shouldFillLineOnLineBreak?: boolean | null;
		blockClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * Indicates if this block should be rendered after the last line.
		 * In this case, the range must be empty and set to the last line.
		 */
		blockIsAfterEnd?: boolean | null;
		blockDoesNotCollapse?: boolean | null;
		blockPadding?: [top: number, right: number, bottom: number, left: number] | null;
		/**
		 * Message to be rendered when hovering over the glyph margin decoration.
		 */
		glyphMarginHoverMessage?: IMarkdownString | IMarkdownString[] | null;
		/**
		 * Array of MarkdownString to render as the decoration message.
		 */
		hoverMessage?: IMarkdownString | IMarkdownString[] | null;
		/**
		 * Array of MarkdownString to render as the line number message.
		 */
		lineNumberHoverMessage?: IMarkdownString | IMarkdownString[] | null;
		/**
		 * Should the decoration expand to encompass a whole line.
		 */
		isWholeLine?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Always render the decoration (even when the range it encompasses is collapsed).
		 */
		showIfCollapsed?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Specifies the stack order of a decoration.
		 * A decoration with greater stack order is always in front of a decoration with
		 * a lower stack order when the decorations are on the same line.
		 */
		zIndex?: number;
		/**
		 * If set, render this decoration in the overview ruler.
		 */
		overviewRuler?: IModelDecorationOverviewRulerOptions | null;
		/**
		 * If set, render this decoration in the minimap.
		 */
		minimap?: IModelDecorationMinimapOptions | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the glyph margin with this CSS class name.
		 */
		glyphMarginClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set and the decoration has {@link glyphMarginClassName} set, render this decoration
		 * with the specified {@link IModelDecorationGlyphMarginOptions} in the glyph margin.
		 */
		glyphMargin?: IModelDecorationGlyphMarginOptions | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will override the line height of the lines it spans. Maximum value is 300px.
		 */
		lineHeight?: number | null;
		/**
		 * Font family
		 */
		fontFamily?: string | null;
		/**
		 * Font size
		 */
		fontSize?: string | null;
		/**
		 * Font weight
		 */
		fontWeight?: string | null;
		/**
		 * Font style
		 */
		fontStyle?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the lines decorations with this CSS class name.
		 */
		linesDecorationsClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * Controls the tooltip text of the line decoration.
		 */
		linesDecorationsTooltip?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered on the line number.
		 */
		lineNumberClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the lines decorations with this CSS class name, but only for the first line in case of line wrapping.
		 */
		firstLineDecorationClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered in the margin (covering its full width) with this CSS class name.
		 */
		marginClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered inline with the text with this CSS class name.
		 * Please use this only for CSS rules that must impact the text. For example, use `className`
		 * to have a background color decoration.
		 */
		inlineClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If there is an `inlineClassName` which affects letter spacing.
		 */
		inlineClassNameAffectsLetterSpacing?: boolean;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered before the text with this CSS class name.
		 */
		beforeContentClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered after the text with this CSS class name.
		 */
		afterContentClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If set, text will be injected in the view after the range.
		 */
		after?: InjectedTextOptions | null;
		/**
		 * If set, text will be injected in the view before the range.
		 */
		before?: InjectedTextOptions | null;
		/**
		 * The text direction of the decoration.
		 */
		textDirection?: TextDirection | null;
	}

	/**
	 * Text Direction for a decoration.
	 */
	export enum TextDirection {
		LTR = 0,
		RTL = 1
	}

	/**
	 * Configures text that is injected into the view without changing the underlying document.
	*/
	export interface InjectedTextOptions {
		/**
		 * Sets the text to inject. Must be a single line.
		 */
		readonly content: string;
		/**
		 * If set, the decoration will be rendered inline with the text with this CSS class name.
		 */
		readonly inlineClassName?: string | null;
		/**
		 * If there is an `inlineClassName` which affects letter spacing.
		 */
		readonly inlineClassNameAffectsLetterSpacing?: boolean;
		/**
		 * This field allows to attach data to this injected text.
		 * The data can be read when injected texts at a given position are queried.
		 */
		readonly attachedData?: unknown;
		/**
		 * Configures cursor stops around injected text.
		 * Defaults to {@link InjectedTextCursorStops.Both}.
		*/
		readonly cursorStops?: InjectedTextCursorStops | null;
	}

	export enum InjectedTextCursorStops {
		Both = 0,
		Right = 1,
		Left = 2,
		None = 3
	}

	/**
	 * New model decorations.
	 */
	export interface IModelDeltaDecoration {
		/**
		 * Range that this decoration covers.
		 */
		range: IRange;
		/**
		 * Options associated with this decoration.
		 */
		options: IModelDecorationOptions;
	}

	/**
	 * A decoration in the model.
	 */
	export interface IModelDecoration {
		/**
		 * Identifier for a decoration.
		 */
		readonly id: string;
		/**
		 * Identifier for a decoration's owner.
		 */
		readonly ownerId: number;
		/**
		 * Range that this decoration covers.
		 */
		readonly range: Range;
		/**
		 * Options associated with this decoration.
		 */
		readonly options: IModelDecorationOptions;
	}

	/**
	 * End of line character preference.
	 */
	export enum EndOfLinePreference {
		/**
		 * Use the end of line character identified in the text buffer.
		 */
		TextDefined = 0,
		/**
		 * Use line feed (\n) as the end of line character.
		 */
		LF = 1,
		/**
		 * Use carriage return and line feed (\r\n) as the end of line character.
		 */
		CRLF = 2
	}

	/**
	 * The default end of line to use when instantiating models.
	 */
	export enum DefaultEndOfLine {
		/**
		 * Use line feed (\n) as the end of line character.
		 */
		LF = 1,
		/**
		 * Use carriage return and line feed (\r\n) as the end of line character.
		 */
		CRLF = 2
	}

	/**
	 * End of line character preference.
	 */
	export enum EndOfLineSequence {
		/**
		 * Use line feed (\n) as the end of line character.
		 */
		LF = 0,
		/**
		 * Use carriage return and line feed (\r\n) as the end of line character.
		 */
		CRLF = 1
	}

	/**
	 * A single edit operation, that has an identifier.
	 */
	export interface IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation extends ISingleEditOperation {
	}

	export interface IValidEditOperation {
		/**
		 * The range to replace. This can be empty to emulate a simple insert.
		 */
		range: Range;
		/**
		 * The text to replace with. This can be empty to emulate a simple delete.
		 */
		text: string;
	}

	/**
	 * A callback that can compute the cursor state after applying a series of edit operations.
	 */
	export interface ICursorStateComputer {
		/**
		 * A callback that can compute the resulting cursors state after some edit operations have been executed.
		 */
		(inverseEditOperations: IValidEditOperation[]): Selection[] | null;
	}

	export class TextModelResolvedOptions {
		_textModelResolvedOptionsBrand: void;
		readonly tabSize: number;
		readonly indentSize: number;
		readonly insertSpaces: boolean;
		readonly defaultEOL: DefaultEndOfLine;
		readonly trimAutoWhitespace: boolean;
		readonly bracketPairColorizationOptions: BracketPairColorizationOptions;
		get originalIndentSize(): number | 'tabSize';
	}

	export interface BracketPairColorizationOptions {
		enabled: boolean;
		independentColorPoolPerBracketType: boolean;
	}

	export interface ITextModelUpdateOptions {
		tabSize?: number;
		indentSize?: number | 'tabSize';
		insertSpaces?: boolean;
		trimAutoWhitespace?: boolean;
		bracketColorizationOptions?: BracketPairColorizationOptions;
	}

	export class FindMatch {
		_findMatchBrand: void;
		readonly range: Range;
		readonly matches: string[] | null;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes the behavior of decorations when typing/editing near their edges.
	 * Note: Please do not edit the values, as they very carefully match `DecorationRangeBehavior`
	 */
	export enum TrackedRangeStickiness {
		AlwaysGrowsWhenTypingAtEdges = 0,
		NeverGrowsWhenTypingAtEdges = 1,
		GrowsOnlyWhenTypingBefore = 2,
		GrowsOnlyWhenTypingAfter = 3
	}

	/**
	 * Text snapshot that works like an iterator.
	 * Will try to return chunks of roughly ~64KB size.
	 * Will return null when finished.
	 */
	export interface ITextSnapshot {
		read(): string | null;
	}

	/**
	 * A model.
	 */
	export interface ITextModel {
		/**
		 * Gets the resource associated with this editor model.
		 */
		readonly uri: Uri;
		/**
		 * A unique identifier associated with this model.
		 */
		readonly id: string;
		/**
		 * Get the resolved options for this model.
		 */
		getOptions(): TextModelResolvedOptions;
		/**
		 * Get the current version id of the model.
		 * Anytime a change happens to the model (even undo/redo),
		 * the version id is incremented.
		 */
		getVersionId(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the alternative version id of the model.
		 * This alternative version id is not always incremented,
		 * it will return the same values in the case of undo-redo.
		 */
		getAlternativeVersionId(): number;
		/**
		 * Replace the entire text buffer value contained in this model.
		 */
		setValue(newValue: string | ITextSnapshot): void;
		/**
		 * Get the text stored in this model.
		 * @param eol The end of line character preference. Defaults to `EndOfLinePreference.TextDefined`.
		 * @param preserverBOM Preserve a BOM character if it was detected when the model was constructed.
		 * @return The text.
		 */
		getValue(eol?: EndOfLinePreference, preserveBOM?: boolean): string;
		/**
		 * Get the text stored in this model.
		 * @param preserverBOM Preserve a BOM character if it was detected when the model was constructed.
		 * @return The text snapshot (it is safe to consume it asynchronously).
		 */
		createSnapshot(preserveBOM?: boolean): ITextSnapshot;
		/**
		 * Get the length of the text stored in this model.
		 */
		getValueLength(eol?: EndOfLinePreference, preserveBOM?: boolean): number;
		/**
		 * Get the text in a certain range.
		 * @param range The range describing what text to get.
		 * @param eol The end of line character preference. This will only be used for multiline ranges. Defaults to `EndOfLinePreference.TextDefined`.
		 * @return The text.
		 */
		getValueInRange(range: IRange, eol?: EndOfLinePreference): string;
		/**
		 * Get the length of text in a certain range.
		 * @param range The range describing what text length to get.
		 * @return The text length.
		 */
		getValueLengthInRange(range: IRange, eol?: EndOfLinePreference): number;
		/**
		 * Get the character count of text in a certain range.
		 * @param range The range describing what text length to get.
		 */
		getCharacterCountInRange(range: IRange, eol?: EndOfLinePreference): number;
		/**
		 * Get the number of lines in the model.
		 */
		getLineCount(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the text for a certain line.
		 */
		getLineContent(lineNumber: number): string;
		/**
		 * Get the text length for a certain line.
		 */
		getLineLength(lineNumber: number): number;
		/**
		 * Get the text for all lines.
		 */
		getLinesContent(): string[];
		/**
		 * Get the end of line sequence predominantly used in the text buffer.
		 * @return EOL char sequence (e.g.: '\n' or '\r\n').
		 */
		getEOL(): string;
		/**
		 * Get the end of line sequence predominantly used in the text buffer.
		 */
		getEndOfLineSequence(): EndOfLineSequence;
		/**
		 * Get the minimum legal column for line at `lineNumber`
		 */
		getLineMinColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
		/**
		 * Get the maximum legal column for line at `lineNumber`
		 */
		getLineMaxColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
		/**
		 * Returns the column before the first non whitespace character for line at `lineNumber`.
		 * Returns 0 if line is empty or contains only whitespace.
		 */
		getLineFirstNonWhitespaceColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
		/**
		 * Returns the column after the last non whitespace character for line at `lineNumber`.
		 * Returns 0 if line is empty or contains only whitespace.
		 */
		getLineLastNonWhitespaceColumn(lineNumber: number): number;
		/**
		 * Create a valid position.
		 */
		validatePosition(position: IPosition): Position;
		/**
		 * Advances the given position by the given offset (negative offsets are also accepted)
		 * and returns it as a new valid position.
		 *
		 * If the offset and position are such that their combination goes beyond the beginning or
		 * end of the model, throws an exception.
		 *
		 * If the offset is such that the new position would be in the middle of a multi-byte
		 * line terminator, throws an exception.
		 */
		modifyPosition(position: IPosition, offset: number): Position;
		/**
		 * Create a valid range.
		 */
		validateRange(range: IRange): Range;
		/**
		 * Verifies the range is valid.
		 */
		isValidRange(range: IRange): boolean;
		/**
		 * Converts the position to a zero-based offset.
		 *
		 * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition).
		 *
		 * @param position A position.
		 * @return A valid zero-based offset.
		 */
		getOffsetAt(position: IPosition): number;
		/**
		 * Converts a zero-based offset to a position.
		 *
		 * @param offset A zero-based offset.
		 * @return A valid [position](#Position).
		 */
		getPositionAt(offset: number): Position;
		/**
		 * Get a range covering the entire model.
		 */
		getFullModelRange(): Range;
		/**
		 * Returns if the model was disposed or not.
		 */
		isDisposed(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Search the model.
		 * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
		 * @param searchOnlyEditableRange Limit the searching to only search inside the editable range of the model.
		 * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
		 * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
		 * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
		 * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
		 * @param limitResultCount Limit the number of results
		 * @return The ranges where the matches are. It is empty if not matches have been found.
		 */
		findMatches(searchString: string, searchOnlyEditableRange: boolean, isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean, limitResultCount?: number): FindMatch[];
		/**
		 * Search the model.
		 * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
		 * @param searchScope Limit the searching to only search inside these ranges.
		 * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
		 * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
		 * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
		 * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
		 * @param limitResultCount Limit the number of results
		 * @return The ranges where the matches are. It is empty if no matches have been found.
		 */
		findMatches(searchString: string, searchScope: IRange | IRange[], isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean, limitResultCount?: number): FindMatch[];
		/**
		 * Search the model for the next match. Loops to the beginning of the model if needed.
		 * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
		 * @param searchStart Start the searching at the specified position.
		 * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
		 * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
		 * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
		 * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
		 * @return The range where the next match is. It is null if no next match has been found.
		 */
		findNextMatch(searchString: string, searchStart: IPosition, isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean): FindMatch | null;
		/**
		 * Search the model for the previous match. Loops to the end of the model if needed.
		 * @param searchString The string used to search. If it is a regular expression, set `isRegex` to true.
		 * @param searchStart Start the searching at the specified position.
		 * @param isRegex Used to indicate that `searchString` is a regular expression.
		 * @param matchCase Force the matching to match lower/upper case exactly.
		 * @param wordSeparators Force the matching to match entire words only. Pass null otherwise.
		 * @param captureMatches The result will contain the captured groups.
		 * @return The range where the previous match is. It is null if no previous match has been found.
		 */
		findPreviousMatch(searchString: string, searchStart: IPosition, isRegex: boolean, matchCase: boolean, wordSeparators: string | null, captureMatches: boolean): FindMatch | null;
		/**
		 * Get the language associated with this model.
		 */
		getLanguageId(): string;
		/**
		 * Get the word under or besides `position`.
		 * @param position The position to look for a word.
		 * @return The word under or besides `position`. Might be null.
		 */
		getWordAtPosition(position: IPosition): IWordAtPosition | null;
		/**
		 * Get the word under or besides `position` trimmed to `position`.column
		 * @param position The position to look for a word.
		 * @return The word under or besides `position`. Will never be null.
		 */
		getWordUntilPosition(position: IPosition): IWordAtPosition;
		/**
		 * Perform a minimum amount of operations, in order to transform the decorations
		 * identified by `oldDecorations` to the decorations described by `newDecorations`
		 * and returns the new identifiers associated with the resulting decorations.
		 *
		 * @param oldDecorations Array containing previous decorations identifiers.
		 * @param newDecorations Array describing what decorations should result after the call.
		 * @param ownerId Identifies the editor id in which these decorations should appear. If no `ownerId` is provided, the decorations will appear in all editors that attach this model.
		 * @return An array containing the new decorations identifiers.
		 */
		deltaDecorations(oldDecorations: string[], newDecorations: IModelDeltaDecoration[], ownerId?: number): string[];
		/**
		 * Get the options associated with a decoration.
		 * @param id The decoration id.
		 * @return The decoration options or null if the decoration was not found.
		 */
		getDecorationOptions(id: string): IModelDecorationOptions | null;
		/**
		 * Get the range associated with a decoration.
		 * @param id The decoration id.
		 * @return The decoration range or null if the decoration was not found.
		 */
		getDecorationRange(id: string): Range | null;
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations for the line `lineNumber` as an array.
		 * @param lineNumber The line number
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
		 * @param filterFontDecorations If set, it will ignore font decorations.
		 * @return An array with the decorations
		 */
		getLineDecorations(lineNumber: number, ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean, filterFontDecorations?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations for the lines between `startLineNumber` and `endLineNumber` as an array.
		 * @param startLineNumber The start line number
		 * @param endLineNumber The end line number
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
		 * @param filterFontDecorations If set, it will ignore font decorations.
		 * @return An array with the decorations
		 */
		getLinesDecorations(startLineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean, filterFontDecorations?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations in a range as an array. Only `startLineNumber` and `endLineNumber` from `range` are used for filtering.
		 * So for now it returns all the decorations on the same line as `range`.
		 * @param range The range to search in
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
		 * @param filterFontDecorations If set, it will ignore font decorations.
		 * @param onlyMinimapDecorations If set, it will return only decorations that render in the minimap.
		 * @param onlyMarginDecorations If set, it will return only decorations that render in the glyph margin.
		 * @return An array with the decorations
		 */
		getDecorationsInRange(range: IRange, ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean, filterFontDecorations?: boolean, onlyMinimapDecorations?: boolean, onlyMarginDecorations?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations as an array.
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
		 * @param filterFontDecorations If set, it will ignore font decorations.
		 */
		getAllDecorations(ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean, filterFontDecorations?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all decorations that render in the glyph margin as an array.
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 */
		getAllMarginDecorations(ownerId?: number): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations that should be rendered in the overview ruler as an array.
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 * @param filterOutValidation If set, it will ignore decorations specific to validation (i.e. warnings, errors).
		 * @param filterFontDecorations If set, it will ignore font decorations.
		 */
		getOverviewRulerDecorations(ownerId?: number, filterOutValidation?: boolean, filterFontDecorations?: boolean): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations that contain injected text.
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 */
		getInjectedTextDecorations(ownerId?: number): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Gets all the decorations that contain custom line heights.
		 * @param ownerId If set, it will ignore decorations belonging to other owners.
		 */
		getCustomLineHeightsDecorations(ownerId?: number): IModelDecoration[];
		/**
		 * Normalize a string containing whitespace according to indentation rules (converts to spaces or to tabs).
		 */
		normalizeIndentation(str: string): string;
		/**
		 * Change the options of this model.
		 */
		updateOptions(newOpts: ITextModelUpdateOptions): void;
		/**
		 * Detect the indentation options for this model from its content.
		 */
		detectIndentation(defaultInsertSpaces: boolean, defaultTabSize: number): void;
		/**
		 * Close the current undo-redo element.
		 * This offers a way to create an undo/redo stop point.
		 */
		pushStackElement(): void;
		/**
		 * Open the current undo-redo element.
		 * This offers a way to remove the current undo/redo stop point.
		 */
		popStackElement(): void;
		/**
		 * Push edit operations, basically editing the model. This is the preferred way
		 * of editing the model. The edit operations will land on the undo stack.
		 * @param beforeCursorState The cursor state before the edit operations. This cursor state will be returned when `undo` or `redo` are invoked.
		 * @param editOperations The edit operations.
		 * @param cursorStateComputer A callback that can compute the resulting cursors state after the edit operations have been executed.
		 * @return The cursor state returned by the `cursorStateComputer`.
		 */
		pushEditOperations(beforeCursorState: Selection[] | null, editOperations: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], cursorStateComputer: ICursorStateComputer): Selection[] | null;
		/**
		 * Change the end of line sequence. This is the preferred way of
		 * changing the eol sequence. This will land on the undo stack.
		 */
		pushEOL(eol: EndOfLineSequence): void;
		/**
		 * Edit the model without adding the edits to the undo stack.
		 * This can have dire consequences on the undo stack! See @pushEditOperations for the preferred way.
		 * @param operations The edit operations.
		 * @return If desired, the inverse edit operations, that, when applied, will bring the model back to the previous state.
		 */
		applyEdits(operations: readonly IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[]): void;
		applyEdits(operations: readonly IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], computeUndoEdits: false): void;
		applyEdits(operations: readonly IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], computeUndoEdits: true): IValidEditOperation[];
		/**
		 * Change the end of line sequence without recording in the undo stack.
		 * This can have dire consequences on the undo stack! See @pushEOL for the preferred way.
		 */
		setEOL(eol: EndOfLineSequence): void;
		/**
		 * Undo edit operations until the previous undo/redo point.
		 * The inverse edit operations will be pushed on the redo stack.
		 */
		undo(): void | Promise<void>;
		/**
		 * Is there anything in the undo stack?
		 */
		canUndo(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Redo edit operations until the next undo/redo point.
		 * The inverse edit operations will be pushed on the undo stack.
		 */
		redo(): void | Promise<void>;
		/**
		 * Is there anything in the redo stack?
		 */
		canRedo(): boolean;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the contents of the model have changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		onDidChangeContent(listener: (e: IModelContentChangedEvent) => void): IDisposable$2;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when decorations of the model have changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeDecorations: IEvent$1<IModelDecorationsChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the model options have changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeOptions: IEvent$1<IModelOptionsChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the language associated with the model has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeLanguage: IEvent$1<IModelLanguageChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the language configuration associated with the model has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeLanguageConfiguration: IEvent$1<IModelLanguageConfigurationChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the model has been attached to the first editor or detached from the last editor.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeAttached: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted right before disposing the model.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onWillDispose: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Destroy this model.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
		/**
		 * Returns if this model is attached to an editor or not.
		 */
		isAttachedToEditor(): boolean;
	}

	export enum PositionAffinity {
		/**
		 * Prefers the left most position.
		*/
		Left = 0,
		/**
		 * Prefers the right most position.
		*/
		Right = 1,
		/**
		 * No preference.
		*/
		None = 2,
		/**
		 * If the given position is on injected text, prefers the position left of it.
		*/
		LeftOfInjectedText = 3,
		/**
		 * If the given position is on injected text, prefers the position right of it.
		*/
		RightOfInjectedText = 4
	}

	/**
	 * A change
	 */
	export interface IChange {
		readonly originalStartLineNumber: number;
		readonly originalEndLineNumber: number;
		readonly modifiedStartLineNumber: number;
		readonly modifiedEndLineNumber: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A character level change.
	 */
	export interface ICharChange extends IChange {
		readonly originalStartColumn: number;
		readonly originalEndColumn: number;
		readonly modifiedStartColumn: number;
		readonly modifiedEndColumn: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A line change
	 */
	export interface ILineChange extends IChange {
		readonly charChanges: ICharChange[] | undefined;
	}
	export interface IDimension {
		width: number;
		height: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A builder and helper for edit operations for a command.
	 */
	export interface IEditOperationBuilder {
		/**
		 * Add a new edit operation (a replace operation).
		 * @param range The range to replace (delete). May be empty to represent a simple insert.
		 * @param text The text to replace with. May be null to represent a simple delete.
		 */
		addEditOperation(range: IRange, text: string | null, forceMoveMarkers?: boolean): void;
		/**
		 * Add a new edit operation (a replace operation).
		 * The inverse edits will be accessible in `ICursorStateComputerData.getInverseEditOperations()`
		 * @param range The range to replace (delete). May be empty to represent a simple insert.
		 * @param text The text to replace with. May be null to represent a simple delete.
		 */
		addTrackedEditOperation(range: IRange, text: string | null, forceMoveMarkers?: boolean): void;
		/**
		 * Track `selection` when applying edit operations.
		 * A best effort will be made to not grow/expand the selection.
		 * An empty selection will clamp to a nearby character.
		 * @param selection The selection to track.
		 * @param trackPreviousOnEmpty If set, and the selection is empty, indicates whether the selection
		 *           should clamp to the previous or the next character.
		 * @return A unique identifier.
		 */
		trackSelection(selection: Selection, trackPreviousOnEmpty?: boolean): string;
	}

	/**
	 * A helper for computing cursor state after a command.
	 */
	export interface ICursorStateComputerData {
		/**
		 * Get the inverse edit operations of the added edit operations.
		 */
		getInverseEditOperations(): IValidEditOperation[];
		/**
		 * Get a previously tracked selection.
		 * @param id The unique identifier returned by `trackSelection`.
		 * @return The selection.
		 */
		getTrackedSelection(id: string): Selection;
	}

	/**
	 * A command that modifies text / cursor state on a model.
	 */
	export interface ICommand {
		/**
		 * Get the edit operations needed to execute this command.
		 * @param model The model the command will execute on.
		 * @param builder A helper to collect the needed edit operations and to track selections.
		 */
		getEditOperations(model: ITextModel, builder: IEditOperationBuilder): void;
		/**
		 * Compute the cursor state after the edit operations were applied.
		 * @param model The model the command has executed on.
		 * @param helper A helper to get inverse edit operations and to get previously tracked selections.
		 * @return The cursor state after the command executed.
		 */
		computeCursorState(model: ITextModel, helper: ICursorStateComputerData): Selection;
	}

	/**
	 * A model for the diff editor.
	 */
	export interface IDiffEditorModel {
		/**
		 * Original model.
		 */
		original: ITextModel;
		/**
		 * Modified model.
		 */
		modified: ITextModel;
	}

	export interface IDiffEditorViewModel extends IDisposable$2 {
		readonly model: IDiffEditorModel;
		waitForDiff(): Promise<void>;
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing that an editor has had its model reset (i.e. `editor.setModel()`).
	 */
	export interface IModelChangedEvent {
		/**
		 * The `uri` of the previous model or null.
		 */
		readonly oldModelUrl: Uri | null;
		/**
		 * The `uri` of the new model or null.
		 */
		readonly newModelUrl: Uri | null;
	}

	export interface IContentSizeChangedEvent {
		readonly contentWidth: number;
		readonly contentHeight: number;
		readonly contentWidthChanged: boolean;
		readonly contentHeightChanged: boolean;
	}

	export interface INewScrollPosition {
		scrollLeft?: number;
		scrollTop?: number;
	}

	export interface IEditorAction {
		readonly id: string;
		readonly label: string;
		readonly alias: string;
		readonly metadata: ICommandMetadata | undefined;
		isSupported(): boolean;
		run(args?: unknown): Promise<void>;
	}

	export type IEditorModel = ITextModel | IDiffEditorModel | IDiffEditorViewModel;

	/**
	 * A (serializable) state of the cursors.
	 */
	export interface ICursorState {
		inSelectionMode: boolean;
		selectionStart: IPosition;
		position: IPosition;
	}

	/**
	 * A (serializable) state of the view.
	 */
	export interface IViewState {
		/** written by previous versions */
		scrollTop?: number;
		/** written by previous versions */
		scrollTopWithoutViewZones?: number;
		scrollLeft: number;
		firstPosition: IPosition;
		firstPositionDeltaTop: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A (serializable) state of the code editor.
	 */
	export interface ICodeEditorViewState {
		cursorState: ICursorState[];
		viewState: IViewState;
		contributionsState: {
			[id: string]: unknown;
		};
	}

	/**
	 * (Serializable) View state for the diff editor.
	 */
	export interface IDiffEditorViewState {
		original: ICodeEditorViewState | null;
		modified: ICodeEditorViewState | null;
		modelState?: unknown;
	}

	/**
	 * An editor view state.
	 */
	export type IEditorViewState = ICodeEditorViewState | IDiffEditorViewState;

	export enum ScrollType {
		Smooth = 0,
		Immediate = 1
	}

	/**
	 * An editor.
	 */
	export interface IEditor {
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the editor has been disposed.
		 * @event
		 */
		onDidDispose(listener: () => void): IDisposable$2;
		/**
		 * Dispose the editor.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
		/**
		 * Get a unique id for this editor instance.
		 */
		getId(): string;
		/**
		 * Get the editor type. Please see `EditorType`.
		 * This is to avoid an instanceof check
		 */
		getEditorType(): string;
		/**
		 * Update the editor's options after the editor has been created.
		 */
		updateOptions(newOptions: IEditorOptions): void;
		/**
		 * Instructs the editor to remeasure its container. This method should
		 * be called when the container of the editor gets resized.
		 *
		 * If a dimension is passed in, the passed in value will be used.
		 *
		 * By default, this will also render the editor immediately.
		 * If you prefer to delay rendering to the next animation frame, use postponeRendering == true.
		 */
		layout(dimension?: IDimension, postponeRendering?: boolean): void;
		/**
		 * Brings browser focus to the editor text
		 */
		focus(): void;
		/**
		 * Returns true if the text inside this editor is focused (i.e. cursor is blinking).
		 */
		hasTextFocus(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Returns all actions associated with this editor.
		 */
		getSupportedActions(): IEditorAction[];
		/**
		 * Saves current view state of the editor in a serializable object.
		 */
		saveViewState(): IEditorViewState | null;
		/**
		 * Restores the view state of the editor from a serializable object generated by `saveViewState`.
		 */
		restoreViewState(state: IEditorViewState | null): void;
		/**
		 * Given a position, returns a column number that takes tab-widths into account.
		 */
		getVisibleColumnFromPosition(position: IPosition): number;
		/**
		 * Returns the primary position of the cursor.
		 */
		getPosition(): Position | null;
		/**
		 * Set the primary position of the cursor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
		 * @param position New primary cursor's position
		 * @param source Source of the call that caused the position
		 */
		setPosition(position: IPosition, source?: string): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line.
		 */
		revealLine(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line centered vertically.
		 */
		revealLineInCenter(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
		 */
		revealLineInCenterIfOutsideViewport(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal a line close to the top of the viewport,
		 * optimized for viewing a code definition.
		 */
		revealLineNearTop(lineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position.
		 */
		revealPosition(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position centered vertically.
		 */
		revealPositionInCenter(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
		 */
		revealPositionInCenterIfOutsideViewport(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a position close to the top of the viewport,
		 * optimized for viewing a code definition.
		 */
		revealPositionNearTop(position: IPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Returns the primary selection of the editor.
		 */
		getSelection(): Selection | null;
		/**
		 * Returns all the selections of the editor.
		 */
		getSelections(): Selection[] | null;
		/**
		 * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
		 * @param selection The new selection
		 * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
		 */
		setSelection(selection: IRange, source?: string): void;
		/**
		 * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
		 * @param selection The new selection
		 * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
		 */
		setSelection(selection: Range, source?: string): void;
		/**
		 * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
		 * @param selection The new selection
		 * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
		 */
		setSelection(selection: ISelection, source?: string): void;
		/**
		 * Set the primary selection of the editor. This will remove any secondary cursors.
		 * @param selection The new selection
		 * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
		 */
		setSelection(selection: Selection, source?: string): void;
		/**
		 * Set the selections for all the cursors of the editor.
		 * Cursors will be removed or added, as necessary.
		 * @param selections The new selection
		 * @param source Source of the call that caused the selection
		 */
		setSelections(selections: readonly ISelection[], source?: string): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines.
		 */
		revealLines(startLineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines centered vertically.
		 */
		revealLinesInCenter(lineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
		 */
		revealLinesInCenterIfOutsideViewport(lineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically as necessary and reveal lines close to the top of the viewport,
		 * optimized for viewing a code definition.
		 */
		revealLinesNearTop(lineNumber: number, endLineNumber: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range.
		 */
		revealRange(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range centered vertically.
		 */
		revealRangeInCenter(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range at the top of the viewport.
		 */
		revealRangeAtTop(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range centered vertically only if it lies outside the viewport.
		 */
		revealRangeInCenterIfOutsideViewport(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range close to the top of the viewport,
		 * optimized for viewing a code definition.
		 */
		revealRangeNearTop(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Scroll vertically or horizontally as necessary and reveal a range close to the top of the viewport,
		 * optimized for viewing a code definition. Only if it lies outside the viewport.
		 */
		revealRangeNearTopIfOutsideViewport(range: IRange, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Directly trigger a handler or an editor action.
		 * @param source The source of the call.
		 * @param handlerId The id of the handler or the id of a contribution.
		 * @param payload Extra data to be sent to the handler.
		 */
		trigger(source: string | null | undefined, handlerId: string, payload: unknown): void;
		/**
		 * Gets the current model attached to this editor.
		 */
		getModel(): IEditorModel | null;
		/**
		 * Sets the current model attached to this editor.
		 * If the previous model was created by the editor via the value key in the options
		 * literal object, it will be destroyed. Otherwise, if the previous model was set
		 * via setModel, or the model key in the options literal object, the previous model
		 * will not be destroyed.
		 * It is safe to call setModel(null) to simply detach the current model from the editor.
		 */
		setModel(model: IEditorModel | null): void;
		/**
		 * Create a collection of decorations. All decorations added through this collection
		 * will get the ownerId of the editor (meaning they will not show up in other editors).
		 * These decorations will be automatically cleared when the editor's model changes.
		 */
		createDecorationsCollection(decorations?: IModelDeltaDecoration[]): IEditorDecorationsCollection;
	}

	/**
	 * A collection of decorations
	 */
	export interface IEditorDecorationsCollection {
		/**
		 * An event emitted when decorations change in the editor,
		 * but the change is not caused by us setting or clearing the collection.
		 */
		readonly onDidChange: IEvent$1<IModelDecorationsChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * Get the decorations count.
		 */
		length: number;
		/**
		 * Get the range for a decoration.
		 */
		getRange(index: number): Range | null;
		/**
		 * Get all ranges for decorations.
		 */
		getRanges(): Range[];
		/**
		 * Determine if a decoration is in this collection.
		 */
		has(decoration: IModelDecoration): boolean;
		/**
		 * Replace all previous decorations with `newDecorations`.
		 */
		set(newDecorations: readonly IModelDeltaDecoration[]): string[];
		/**
		 * Append `newDecorations` to this collection.
		 */
		append(newDecorations: readonly IModelDeltaDecoration[]): string[];
		/**
		 * Remove all previous decorations.
		 */
		clear(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * An editor contribution that gets created every time a new editor gets created and gets disposed when the editor gets disposed.
	 */
	export interface IEditorContribution {
		/**
		 * Dispose this contribution.
		 */
		dispose(): void;
		/**
		 * Store view state.
		 */
		saveViewState?(): unknown;
		/**
		 * Restore view state.
		 */
		restoreViewState?(state: unknown): void;
	}

	/**
	 * The type of the `IEditor`.
	 */
	export const EditorType: {
		ICodeEditor: string;
		IDiffEditor: string;
	};

	/**
	 * An event describing that the current language associated with a model has changed.
	 */
	export interface IModelLanguageChangedEvent {
		/**
		 * Previous language
		 */
		readonly oldLanguage: string;
		/**
		 * New language
		 */
		readonly newLanguage: string;
		/**
		 * Source of the call that caused the event.
		 */
		readonly source: string;
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing that the language configuration associated with a model has changed.
	 */
	export interface IModelLanguageConfigurationChangedEvent {
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing a change in the text of a model.
	 */
	export interface IModelContentChangedEvent {
		/**
		 * The changes are ordered from the end of the document to the beginning, so they should be safe to apply in sequence.
		 */
		readonly changes: IModelContentChange[];
		/**
		 * The (new) end-of-line character.
		 */
		readonly eol: string;
		/**
		 * The new version id the model has transitioned to.
		 */
		readonly versionId: number;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that this event was generated while undoing.
		 */
		readonly isUndoing: boolean;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that this event was generated while redoing.
		 */
		readonly isRedoing: boolean;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that all decorations were lost with this edit.
		 * The model has been reset to a new value.
		 */
		readonly isFlush: boolean;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that this event describes an eol change.
		 */
		readonly isEolChange: boolean;
		/**
		 * The sum of these lengths equals changes.length.
		 * The length of this array must equal the length of detailedReasons.
		*/
		readonly detailedReasonsChangeLengths: number[];
	}

	export interface ISerializedModelContentChangedEvent {
		/**
		 * The changes are ordered from the end of the document to the beginning, so they should be safe to apply in sequence.
		 */
		readonly changes: IModelContentChange[];
		/**
		 * The (new) end-of-line character.
		 */
		readonly eol: string;
		/**
		 * The new version id the model has transitioned to.
		 */
		readonly versionId: number;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that this event was generated while undoing.
		 */
		readonly isUndoing: boolean;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that this event was generated while redoing.
		 */
		readonly isRedoing: boolean;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that all decorations were lost with this edit.
		 * The model has been reset to a new value.
		 */
		readonly isFlush: boolean;
		/**
		 * Flag that indicates that this event describes an eol change.
		 */
		readonly isEolChange: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing that model decorations have changed.
	 */
	export interface IModelDecorationsChangedEvent {
		readonly affectsMinimap: boolean;
		readonly affectsOverviewRuler: boolean;
		readonly affectsGlyphMargin: boolean;
		readonly affectsLineNumber: boolean;
	}

	export interface IModelOptionsChangedEvent {
		readonly tabSize: boolean;
		readonly indentSize: boolean;
		readonly insertSpaces: boolean;
		readonly trimAutoWhitespace: boolean;
	}

	export interface IModelContentChange {
		/**
		 * The old range that got replaced.
		 */
		readonly range: IRange;
		/**
		 * The offset of the range that got replaced.
		 */
		readonly rangeOffset: number;
		/**
		 * The length of the range that got replaced.
		 */
		readonly rangeLength: number;
		/**
		 * The new text for the range.
		 */
		readonly text: string;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes the reason the cursor has changed its position.
	 */
	export enum CursorChangeReason {
		/**
		 * Unknown or not set.
		 */
		NotSet = 0,
		/**
		 * A `model.setValue()` was called.
		 */
		ContentFlush = 1,
		/**
		 * The `model` has been changed outside of this cursor and the cursor recovers its position from associated markers.
		 */
		RecoverFromMarkers = 2,
		/**
		 * There was an explicit user gesture.
		 */
		Explicit = 3,
		/**
		 * There was a Paste.
		 */
		Paste = 4,
		/**
		 * There was an Undo.
		 */
		Undo = 5,
		/**
		 * There was a Redo.
		 */
		Redo = 6
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing that the cursor position has changed.
	 */
	export interface ICursorPositionChangedEvent {
		/**
		 * Primary cursor's position.
		 */
		readonly position: Position;
		/**
		 * Secondary cursors' position.
		 */
		readonly secondaryPositions: Position[];
		/**
		 * Reason.
		 */
		readonly reason: CursorChangeReason;
		/**
		 * Source of the call that caused the event.
		 */
		readonly source: string;
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing that the cursor selection has changed.
	 */
	export interface ICursorSelectionChangedEvent {
		/**
		 * The primary selection.
		 */
		readonly selection: Selection;
		/**
		 * The secondary selections.
		 */
		readonly secondarySelections: Selection[];
		/**
		 * The model version id.
		 */
		readonly modelVersionId: number;
		/**
		 * The old selections.
		 */
		readonly oldSelections: Selection[] | null;
		/**
		 * The model version id the that `oldSelections` refer to.
		 */
		readonly oldModelVersionId: number;
		/**
		 * Source of the call that caused the event.
		 */
		readonly source: string;
		/**
		 * Reason.
		 */
		readonly reason: CursorChangeReason;
	}

	export enum AccessibilitySupport {
		/**
		 * This should be the browser case where it is not known if a screen reader is attached or no.
		 */
		Unknown = 0,
		Disabled = 1,
		Enabled = 2
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for auto closing quotes and brackets
	 */
	export type EditorAutoClosingStrategy = 'always' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace' | 'never';

	/**
	 * Configuration options for auto wrapping quotes and brackets
	 */
	export type EditorAutoSurroundStrategy = 'languageDefined' | 'quotes' | 'brackets' | 'never';

	/**
	 * Configuration options for typing over closing quotes or brackets
	 */
	export type EditorAutoClosingEditStrategy = 'always' | 'auto' | 'never';

	/**
	 * Configuration options for auto indentation in the editor
	 */
	export enum EditorAutoIndentStrategy {
		None = 0,
		Keep = 1,
		Brackets = 2,
		Advanced = 3,
		Full = 4
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for the editor.
	 */
	export interface IEditorOptions {
		/**
		 * This editor is used inside a diff editor.
		 */
		inDiffEditor?: boolean;
		/**
		 * This editor is allowed to use variable line heights.
		 */
		allowVariableLineHeights?: boolean;
		/**
		 * This editor is allowed to use variable font-sizes and font-families
		 */
		allowVariableFonts?: boolean;
		/**
		 * This editor is allowed to use variable font-sizes and font-families in accessibility mode
		 */
		allowVariableFontsInAccessibilityMode?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The aria label for the editor's textarea (when it is focused).
		 */
		ariaLabel?: string;
		/**
		 * Whether the aria-required attribute should be set on the editors textarea.
		 */
		ariaRequired?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control whether a screen reader announces inline suggestion content immediately.
		 */
		screenReaderAnnounceInlineSuggestion?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The `tabindex` property of the editor's textarea
		 */
		tabIndex?: number;
		/**
		 * Render vertical lines at the specified columns.
		 * Defaults to empty array.
		 */
		rulers?: (number | IRulerOption)[];
		/**
		 * Locales used for segmenting lines into words when doing word related navigations or operations.
		 *
		 * Specify the BCP 47 language tag of the word you wish to recognize (e.g., ja, zh-CN, zh-Hant-TW, etc.).
		 * Defaults to empty array
		 */
		wordSegmenterLocales?: string | string[];
		/**
		 * A string containing the word separators used when doing word navigation.
		 * Defaults to `~!@#$%^&*()-=+[{]}\\|;:\'",.<>/?
		 */
		wordSeparators?: string;
		/**
		 * Enable Linux primary clipboard.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		selectionClipboard?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the rendering of line numbers.
		 * If it is a function, it will be invoked when rendering a line number and the return value will be rendered.
		 * Otherwise, if it is a truthy, line numbers will be rendered normally (equivalent of using an identity function).
		 * Otherwise, line numbers will not be rendered.
		 * Defaults to `on`.
		 */
		lineNumbers?: LineNumbersType;
		/**
		 * Controls the minimal number of visible leading and trailing lines surrounding the cursor.
		 * Defaults to 0.
		*/
		cursorSurroundingLines?: number;
		/**
		 * Controls when `cursorSurroundingLines` should be enforced
		 * Defaults to `default`, `cursorSurroundingLines` is not enforced when cursor position is changed
		 * by mouse.
		*/
		cursorSurroundingLinesStyle?: 'default' | 'all';
		/**
		 * Render last line number when the file ends with a newline.
		 * Defaults to 'on' for Windows and macOS and 'dimmed' for Linux.
		*/
		renderFinalNewline?: 'on' | 'off' | 'dimmed';
		/**
		 * Remove unusual line terminators like LINE SEPARATOR (LS), PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR (PS).
		 * Defaults to 'prompt'.
		 */
		unusualLineTerminators?: 'auto' | 'off' | 'prompt';
		/**
		 * Should the corresponding line be selected when clicking on the line number?
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		selectOnLineNumbers?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the width of line numbers, by reserving horizontal space for rendering at least an amount of digits.
		 * Defaults to 5.
		 */
		lineNumbersMinChars?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable the rendering of the glyph margin.
		 * Defaults to true in vscode and to false in monaco-editor.
		 */
		glyphMargin?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The width reserved for line decorations (in px).
		 * Line decorations are placed between line numbers and the editor content.
		 * You can pass in a string in the format floating point followed by "ch". e.g. 1.3ch.
		 * Defaults to 10.
		 */
		lineDecorationsWidth?: number | string;
		/**
		 * When revealing the cursor, a virtual padding (px) is added to the cursor, turning it into a rectangle.
		 * This virtual padding ensures that the cursor gets revealed before hitting the edge of the viewport.
		 * Defaults to 30 (px).
		 */
		revealHorizontalRightPadding?: number;
		/**
		 * Render the editor selection with rounded borders.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		roundedSelection?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Class name to be added to the editor.
		 */
		extraEditorClassName?: string;
		/**
		 * Should the editor be read only. See also `domReadOnly`.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		readOnly?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The message to display when the editor is readonly.
		 */
		readOnlyMessage?: IMarkdownString;
		/**
		 * Should the textarea used for input use the DOM `readonly` attribute.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		domReadOnly?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable linked editing.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		linkedEditing?: boolean;
		/**
		 * deprecated, use linkedEditing instead
		 */
		renameOnType?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Should the editor render validation decorations.
		 * Defaults to editable.
		 */
		renderValidationDecorations?: 'editable' | 'on' | 'off';
		/**
		 * Control the behavior and rendering of the scrollbars.
		 */
		scrollbar?: IEditorScrollbarOptions;
		/**
		 * Control the behavior of sticky scroll options
		 */
		stickyScroll?: IEditorStickyScrollOptions;
		/**
		 * Control the behavior and rendering of the minimap.
		 */
		minimap?: IEditorMinimapOptions;
		/**
		 * Control the behavior of the find widget.
		 */
		find?: IEditorFindOptions;
		/**
		 * Display overflow widgets as `fixed`.
		 * Defaults to `false`.
		 */
		fixedOverflowWidgets?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Allow content widgets and overflow widgets to overflow the editor viewport.
		 * Defaults to `true`.
		 */
		allowOverflow?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The number of vertical lanes the overview ruler should render.
		 * Defaults to 3.
		 */
		overviewRulerLanes?: number;
		/**
		 * Controls if a border should be drawn around the overview ruler.
		 * Defaults to `true`.
		 */
		overviewRulerBorder?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the cursor animation style, possible values are 'blink', 'smooth', 'phase', 'expand' and 'solid'.
		 * Defaults to 'blink'.
		 */
		cursorBlinking?: 'blink' | 'smooth' | 'phase' | 'expand' | 'solid';
		/**
		 * Zoom the font in the editor when using the mouse wheel in combination with holding Ctrl.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		mouseWheelZoom?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the mouse pointer style, either 'text' or 'default' or 'copy'
		 * Defaults to 'text'
		 */
		mouseStyle?: 'text' | 'default' | 'copy';
		/**
		 * Enable smooth caret animation.
		 * Defaults to 'off'.
		 */
		cursorSmoothCaretAnimation?: 'off' | 'explicit' | 'on';
		/**
		 * Control the cursor style in insert mode.
		 * Defaults to 'line'.
		 */
		cursorStyle?: 'line' | 'block' | 'underline' | 'line-thin' | 'block-outline' | 'underline-thin';
		/**
		 * Control the cursor style in overtype mode.
		 * Defaults to 'block'.
		 */
		overtypeCursorStyle?: 'line' | 'block' | 'underline' | 'line-thin' | 'block-outline' | 'underline-thin';
		/**
		 *  Controls whether paste in overtype mode should overwrite or insert.
		 */
		overtypeOnPaste?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the width of the cursor when cursorStyle is set to 'line'
		 */
		cursorWidth?: number;
		/**
		 * Control the height of the cursor when cursorStyle is set to 'line'
		 */
		cursorHeight?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable font ligatures.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		fontLigatures?: boolean | string;
		/**
		 * Enable font variations.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		fontVariations?: boolean | string;
		/**
		 * Controls whether to use default color decorations or not using the default document color provider
		 */
		defaultColorDecorators?: 'auto' | 'always' | 'never';
		/**
		 * Disable the use of `transform: translate3d(0px, 0px, 0px)` for the editor margin and lines layers.
		 * The usage of `transform: translate3d(0px, 0px, 0px)` acts as a hint for browsers to create an extra layer.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		disableLayerHinting?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Disable the optimizations for monospace fonts.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		disableMonospaceOptimizations?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Should the cursor be hidden in the overview ruler.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		hideCursorInOverviewRuler?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable that scrolling can go one screen size after the last line.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		scrollBeyondLastLine?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Scroll editor on middle click
		 */
		scrollOnMiddleClick?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable that scrolling can go beyond the last column by a number of columns.
		 * Defaults to 5.
		 */
		scrollBeyondLastColumn?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable that the editor animates scrolling to a position.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		smoothScrolling?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable that the editor will install a ResizeObserver to check if its container dom node size has changed.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		automaticLayout?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the wrapping of the editor.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "off", the lines will never wrap.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "on", the lines will wrap at the viewport width.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "wordWrapColumn", the lines will wrap at `wordWrapColumn`.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "bounded", the lines will wrap at min(viewport width, wordWrapColumn).
		 * Defaults to "off".
		 */
		wordWrap?: 'off' | 'on' | 'wordWrapColumn' | 'bounded';
		/**
		 * Override the `wordWrap` setting.
		 */
		wordWrapOverride1?: 'off' | 'on' | 'inherit';
		/**
		 * Override the `wordWrapOverride1` setting.
		 */
		wordWrapOverride2?: 'off' | 'on' | 'inherit';
		/**
		 * Control the wrapping of the editor.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "off", the lines will never wrap.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "on", the lines will wrap at the viewport width.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "wordWrapColumn", the lines will wrap at `wordWrapColumn`.
		 * When `wordWrap` = "bounded", the lines will wrap at min(viewport width, wordWrapColumn).
		 * Defaults to 80.
		 */
		wordWrapColumn?: number;
		/**
		 * Control indentation of wrapped lines. Can be: 'none', 'same', 'indent' or 'deepIndent'.
		 * Defaults to 'same' in vscode and to 'none' in monaco-editor.
		 */
		wrappingIndent?: 'none' | 'same' | 'indent' | 'deepIndent';
		/**
		 * Controls the wrapping strategy to use.
		 * Defaults to 'simple'.
		 */
		wrappingStrategy?: 'simple' | 'advanced';
		/**
		 * Create a softwrap on every quoted "\n" literal.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		wrapOnEscapedLineFeeds?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Configure word wrapping characters. A break will be introduced before these characters.
		 */
		wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters?: string;
		/**
		 * Configure word wrapping characters. A break will be introduced after these characters.
		 */
		wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters?: string;
		/**
		 * Sets whether line breaks appear wherever the text would otherwise overflow its content box.
		 * When wordBreak = 'normal', Use the default line break rule.
		 * When wordBreak = 'keepAll', Word breaks should not be used for Chinese/Japanese/Korean (CJK) text. Non-CJK text behavior is the same as for normal.
		 */
		wordBreak?: 'normal' | 'keepAll';
		/**
		 * Performance guard: Stop rendering a line after x characters.
		 * Defaults to 10000.
		 * Use -1 to never stop rendering
		 */
		stopRenderingLineAfter?: number;
		/**
		 * Configure the editor's hover.
		 */
		hover?: IEditorHoverOptions;
		/**
		 * Enable detecting links and making them clickable.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		links?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable inline color decorators and color picker rendering.
		 */
		colorDecorators?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls what is the condition to spawn a color picker from a color dectorator
		 */
		colorDecoratorsActivatedOn?: 'clickAndHover' | 'click' | 'hover';
		/**
		 * Controls the max number of color decorators that can be rendered in an editor at once.
		 */
		colorDecoratorsLimit?: number;
		/**
		 * Control the behaviour of comments in the editor.
		 */
		comments?: IEditorCommentsOptions;
		/**
		 * Enable custom contextmenu.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		contextmenu?: boolean;
		/**
		 * A multiplier to be used on the `deltaX` and `deltaY` of mouse wheel scroll events.
		 * Defaults to 1.
		 */
		mouseWheelScrollSensitivity?: number;
		/**
		 * FastScrolling mulitplier speed when pressing `Alt`
		 * Defaults to 5.
		 */
		fastScrollSensitivity?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable that the editor scrolls only the predominant axis. Prevents horizontal drift when scrolling vertically on a trackpad.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		scrollPredominantAxis?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Make scrolling inertial - mostly useful with touchpad on linux.
		 */
		inertialScroll?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable that the selection with the mouse and keys is doing column selection.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		columnSelection?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The modifier to be used to add multiple cursors with the mouse.
		 * Defaults to 'alt'
		 */
		multiCursorModifier?: 'ctrlCmd' | 'alt';
		/**
		 * Merge overlapping selections.
		 * Defaults to true
		 */
		multiCursorMergeOverlapping?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Configure the behaviour when pasting a text with the line count equal to the cursor count.
		 * Defaults to 'spread'.
		 */
		multiCursorPaste?: 'spread' | 'full';
		/**
		 * Controls the max number of text cursors that can be in an active editor at once.
		 */
		multiCursorLimit?: number;
		/**
		 * Enables middle mouse button to open links and Go To Definition
		 */
		mouseMiddleClickAction?: MouseMiddleClickAction;
		/**
		 * Configure the editor's accessibility support.
		 * Defaults to 'auto'. It is best to leave this to 'auto'.
		 */
		accessibilitySupport?: 'auto' | 'off' | 'on';
		/**
		 * Controls the number of lines in the editor that can be read out by a screen reader
		 */
		accessibilityPageSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Suggest options.
		 */
		suggest?: ISuggestOptions;
		inlineSuggest?: IInlineSuggestOptions;
		/**
		 * Smart select options.
		 */
		smartSelect?: ISmartSelectOptions;
		/**
		 *
		 */
		gotoLocation?: IGotoLocationOptions;
		/**
		 * Enable quick suggestions (shadow suggestions)
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		quickSuggestions?: boolean | IQuickSuggestionsOptions;
		/**
		 * Quick suggestions show delay (in ms)
		 * Defaults to 10 (ms)
		 */
		quickSuggestionsDelay?: number;
		/**
		 * Controls the spacing around the editor.
		 */
		padding?: IEditorPaddingOptions;
		/**
		 * Parameter hint options.
		 */
		parameterHints?: IEditorParameterHintOptions;
		/**
		 * Options for auto closing brackets.
		 * Defaults to language defined behavior.
		 */
		autoClosingBrackets?: EditorAutoClosingStrategy;
		/**
		 * Options for auto closing comments.
		 * Defaults to language defined behavior.
		 */
		autoClosingComments?: EditorAutoClosingStrategy;
		/**
		 * Options for auto closing quotes.
		 * Defaults to language defined behavior.
		 */
		autoClosingQuotes?: EditorAutoClosingStrategy;
		/**
		 * Options for pressing backspace near quotes or bracket pairs.
		 */
		autoClosingDelete?: EditorAutoClosingEditStrategy;
		/**
		 * Options for typing over closing quotes or brackets.
		 */
		autoClosingOvertype?: EditorAutoClosingEditStrategy;
		/**
		 * Options for auto surrounding.
		 * Defaults to always allowing auto surrounding.
		 */
		autoSurround?: EditorAutoSurroundStrategy;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the editor should automatically adjust the indentation when users type, paste, move or indent lines.
		 * Defaults to advanced.
		 */
		autoIndent?: 'none' | 'keep' | 'brackets' | 'advanced' | 'full';
		/**
		 * Boolean which controls whether to autoindent on paste
		 */
		autoIndentOnPaste?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Boolean which controls whether to autoindent on paste within a string when autoIndentOnPaste is enabled.
		 */
		autoIndentOnPasteWithinString?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Emulate selection behaviour of tab characters when using spaces for indentation.
		 * This means selection will stick to tab stops.
		 */
		stickyTabStops?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable format on type.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		formatOnType?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable format on paste.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		formatOnPaste?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls if the editor should allow to move selections via drag and drop.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		dragAndDrop?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable the suggestion box to pop-up on trigger characters.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		suggestOnTriggerCharacters?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Accept suggestions on ENTER.
		 * Defaults to 'on'.
		 */
		acceptSuggestionOnEnter?: 'on' | 'smart' | 'off';
		/**
		 * Accept suggestions on provider defined characters.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable snippet suggestions. Default to 'true'.
		 */
		snippetSuggestions?: 'top' | 'bottom' | 'inline' | 'none';
		/**
		 * Copying without a selection copies the current line.
		 */
		emptySelectionClipboard?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Syntax highlighting is copied.
		 */
		copyWithSyntaxHighlighting?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The history mode for suggestions.
		 */
		suggestSelection?: 'first' | 'recentlyUsed' | 'recentlyUsedByPrefix';
		/**
		 * The font size for the suggest widget.
		 * Defaults to the editor font size.
		 */
		suggestFontSize?: number;
		/**
		 * The line height for the suggest widget.
		 * Defaults to the editor line height.
		 */
		suggestLineHeight?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable tab completion.
		 */
		tabCompletion?: 'on' | 'off' | 'onlySnippets';
		/**
		 * Enable selection highlight.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		selectionHighlight?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable selection highlight for multiline selections.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		selectionHighlightMultiline?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Maximum length (in characters) for selection highlights.
		 * Set to 0 to have an unlimited length.
		 */
		selectionHighlightMaxLength?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable semantic occurrences highlight.
		 * Defaults to 'singleFile'.
		 * 'off' disables occurrence highlighting
		 * 'singleFile' triggers occurrence highlighting in the current document
		 * 'multiFile'  triggers occurrence highlighting across valid open documents
		 */
		occurrencesHighlight?: 'off' | 'singleFile' | 'multiFile';
		/**
		 * Controls delay for occurrences highlighting
		 * Defaults to 250.
		 * Minimum value is 0
		 * Maximum value is 2000
		 */
		occurrencesHighlightDelay?: number;
		/**
		 * Show code lens
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		codeLens?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Code lens font family. Defaults to editor font family.
		 */
		codeLensFontFamily?: string;
		/**
		 * Code lens font size. Default to 90% of the editor font size
		 */
		codeLensFontSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Control the behavior and rendering of the code action lightbulb.
		 */
		lightbulb?: IEditorLightbulbOptions;
		/**
		 * Timeout for running code actions on save.
		 */
		codeActionsOnSaveTimeout?: number;
		/**
		 * Enable code folding.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		folding?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Selects the folding strategy. 'auto' uses the strategies contributed for the current document, 'indentation' uses the indentation based folding strategy.
		 * Defaults to 'auto'.
		 */
		foldingStrategy?: 'auto' | 'indentation';
		/**
		 * Enable highlight for folded regions.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		foldingHighlight?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Auto fold imports folding regions.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		foldingImportsByDefault?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Maximum number of foldable regions.
		 * Defaults to 5000.
		 */
		foldingMaximumRegions?: number;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the fold actions in the gutter stay always visible or hide unless the mouse is over the gutter.
		 * Defaults to 'mouseover'.
		 */
		showFoldingControls?: 'always' | 'never' | 'mouseover';
		/**
		 * Controls whether clicking on the empty content after a folded line will unfold the line.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable highlighting of matching brackets.
		 * Defaults to 'always'.
		 */
		matchBrackets?: 'never' | 'near' | 'always';
		/**
		 * Enable experimental rendering using WebGPU.
		 * Defaults to 'off'.
		 */
		experimentalGpuAcceleration?: 'on' | 'off';
		/**
		 * Enable experimental whitespace rendering.
		 * Defaults to 'svg'.
		 */
		experimentalWhitespaceRendering?: 'svg' | 'font' | 'off';
		/**
		 * Enable rendering of whitespace.
		 * Defaults to 'selection'.
		 */
		renderWhitespace?: 'none' | 'boundary' | 'selection' | 'trailing' | 'all';
		/**
		 * Enable rendering of control characters.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		renderControlCharacters?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable rendering of current line highlight.
		 * Defaults to all.
		 */
		renderLineHighlight?: 'none' | 'gutter' | 'line' | 'all';
		/**
		 * Control if the current line highlight should be rendered only the editor is focused.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Inserting and deleting whitespace follows tab stops.
		 */
		useTabStops?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the editor should automatically remove indentation whitespace when joining lines with Delete.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		trimWhitespaceOnDelete?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The font family
		 */
		fontFamily?: string;
		/**
		 * The font weight
		 */
		fontWeight?: string;
		/**
		 * The font size
		 */
		fontSize?: number;
		/**
		 * The line height
		 */
		lineHeight?: number;
		/**
		 * The letter spacing
		 */
		letterSpacing?: number;
		/**
		 * Controls fading out of unused variables.
		 */
		showUnused?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether to focus the inline editor in the peek widget by default.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		peekWidgetDefaultFocus?: 'tree' | 'editor';
		/**
		 * Sets a placeholder for the editor.
		 * If set, the placeholder is shown if the editor is empty.
		*/
		placeholder?: string | undefined;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the definition link opens element in the peek widget.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		definitionLinkOpensInPeek?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls strikethrough deprecated variables.
		 */
		showDeprecated?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether suggestions allow matches in the middle of the word instead of only at the beginning
		 */
		matchOnWordStartOnly?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the behavior and rendering of the inline hints.
		 */
		inlayHints?: IEditorInlayHintsOptions;
		/**
		 * Control if the editor should use shadow DOM.
		 */
		useShadowDOM?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls the behavior of editor guides.
		*/
		guides?: IGuidesOptions;
		/**
		 * Controls the behavior of the unicode highlight feature
		 * (by default, ambiguous and invisible characters are highlighted).
		 */
		unicodeHighlight?: IUnicodeHighlightOptions;
		/**
		 * Configures bracket pair colorization (disabled by default).
		*/
		bracketPairColorization?: IBracketPairColorizationOptions;
		/**
		 * Controls dropping into the editor from an external source.
		 *
		 * When enabled, this shows a preview of the drop location and triggers an `onDropIntoEditor` event.
		 */
		dropIntoEditor?: IDropIntoEditorOptions;
		/**
		 * Sets whether the new experimental edit context should be used instead of the text area.
		 */
		editContext?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether to render rich HTML screen reader content when the EditContext is enabled
		 */
		renderRichScreenReaderContent?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls support for changing how content is pasted into the editor.
		 */
		pasteAs?: IPasteAsOptions;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the editor / terminal receives tabs or defers them to the workbench for navigation.
		 */
		tabFocusMode?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the accessibility hint should be provided to screen reader users when an inline completion is shown.
		 */
		inlineCompletionsAccessibilityVerbose?: boolean;
	}

	export interface IDiffEditorBaseOptions {
		/**
		 * Allow the user to resize the diff editor split view.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enableSplitViewResizing?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The default ratio when rendering side-by-side editors.
		 * Must be a number between 0 and 1, min sizes apply.
		 * Defaults to 0.5
		 */
		splitViewDefaultRatio?: number;
		/**
		 * Render the differences in two side-by-side editors.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		renderSideBySide?: boolean;
		/**
		 * When `renderSideBySide` is enabled, `useInlineViewWhenSpaceIsLimited` is set,
		 * and the diff editor has a width less than `renderSideBySideInlineBreakpoint`, the inline view is used.
		 */
		renderSideBySideInlineBreakpoint?: number | undefined;
		/**
		 * When `renderSideBySide` is enabled, `useInlineViewWhenSpaceIsLimited` is set,
		 * and the diff editor has a width less than `renderSideBySideInlineBreakpoint`, the inline view is used.
		 */
		useInlineViewWhenSpaceIsLimited?: boolean;
		/**
		 * If set, the diff editor is optimized for small views.
		 * Defaults to `false`.
		*/
		compactMode?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Timeout in milliseconds after which diff computation is cancelled.
		 * Defaults to 5000.
		 */
		maxComputationTime?: number;
		/**
		 * Maximum supported file size in MB.
		 * Defaults to 50.
		 */
		maxFileSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Compute the diff by ignoring leading/trailing whitespace
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		ignoreTrimWhitespace?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Render +/- indicators for added/deleted changes.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		renderIndicators?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Shows icons in the glyph margin to revert changes.
		 * Default to true.
		 */
		renderMarginRevertIcon?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Indicates if the gutter menu should be rendered.
		*/
		renderGutterMenu?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Original model should be editable?
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		originalEditable?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Should the diff editor enable code lens?
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		diffCodeLens?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Is the diff editor should render overview ruler
		 * Defaults to true
		 */
		renderOverviewRuler?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the wrapping of the diff editor.
		 */
		diffWordWrap?: 'off' | 'on' | 'inherit';
		/**
		 * Diff Algorithm
		*/
		diffAlgorithm?: 'legacy' | 'advanced';
		/**
		 * Whether the diff editor aria label should be verbose.
		 */
		accessibilityVerbose?: boolean;
		experimental?: {
			/**
			 * Defaults to false.
			 */
			showMoves?: boolean;
			showEmptyDecorations?: boolean;
			/**
			 * Only applies when `renderSideBySide` is set to false.
			*/
			useTrueInlineView?: boolean;
		};
		/**
		 * Is the diff editor inside another editor
		 * Defaults to false
		 */
		isInEmbeddedEditor?: boolean;
		/**
		 * If the diff editor should only show the difference review mode.
		 */
		onlyShowAccessibleDiffViewer?: boolean;
		hideUnchangedRegions?: {
			enabled?: boolean;
			revealLineCount?: number;
			minimumLineCount?: number;
			contextLineCount?: number;
		};
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for the diff editor.
	 */
	export interface IDiffEditorOptions extends IEditorOptions, IDiffEditorBaseOptions {
	}

	/**
	 * An event describing that the configuration of the editor has changed.
	 */
	export class ConfigurationChangedEvent {
		hasChanged(id: EditorOption): boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * All computed editor options.
	 */
	export interface IComputedEditorOptions {
		get<T extends EditorOption>(id: T): FindComputedEditorOptionValueById<T>;
	}

	export interface IEditorOption<K extends EditorOption, V> {
		readonly id: K;
		readonly name: string;
		defaultValue: V;
		/**
		 * Might modify `value`.
		*/
		applyUpdate(value: V | undefined, update: V): ApplyUpdateResult<V>;
	}

	export class ApplyUpdateResult<T> {
		readonly newValue: T;
		readonly didChange: boolean;
		constructor(newValue: T, didChange: boolean);
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor comments
	 */
	export interface IEditorCommentsOptions {
		/**
		 * Insert a space after the line comment token and inside the block comments tokens.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		insertSpace?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Ignore empty lines when inserting line comments.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		ignoreEmptyLines?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * The kind of animation in which the editor's cursor should be rendered.
	 */
	export enum TextEditorCursorBlinkingStyle {
		/**
		 * Hidden
		 */
		Hidden = 0,
		/**
		 * Blinking
		 */
		Blink = 1,
		/**
		 * Blinking with smooth fading
		 */
		Smooth = 2,
		/**
		 * Blinking with prolonged filled state and smooth fading
		 */
		Phase = 3,
		/**
		 * Expand collapse animation on the y axis
		 */
		Expand = 4,
		/**
		 * No-Blinking
		 */
		Solid = 5
	}

	/**
	 * The style in which the editor's cursor should be rendered.
	 */
	export enum TextEditorCursorStyle {
		/**
		 * As a vertical line (sitting between two characters).
		 */
		Line = 1,
		/**
		 * As a block (sitting on top of a character).
		 */
		Block = 2,
		/**
		 * As a horizontal line (sitting under a character).
		 */
		Underline = 3,
		/**
		 * As a thin vertical line (sitting between two characters).
		 */
		LineThin = 4,
		/**
		 * As an outlined block (sitting on top of a character).
		 */
		BlockOutline = 5,
		/**
		 * As a thin horizontal line (sitting under a character).
		 */
		UnderlineThin = 6
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor find widget
	 */
	export interface IEditorFindOptions {
		/**
		* Controls whether the cursor should move to find matches while typing.
		*/
		cursorMoveOnType?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the find widget should search as you type.
		 */
		findOnType?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls if we seed search string in the Find Widget with editor selection.
		 */
		seedSearchStringFromSelection?: 'never' | 'always' | 'selection';
		/**
		 * Controls if Find in Selection flag is turned on in the editor.
		 */
		autoFindInSelection?: 'never' | 'always' | 'multiline';
		addExtraSpaceOnTop?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether the search result and diff result automatically restarts from the beginning (or the end) when no further matches can be found
		 */
		loop?: boolean;
	}

	export type GoToLocationValues = 'peek' | 'gotoAndPeek' | 'goto';

	/**
	 * Configuration options for go to location
	 */
	export interface IGotoLocationOptions {
		multiple?: GoToLocationValues;
		multipleDefinitions?: GoToLocationValues;
		multipleTypeDefinitions?: GoToLocationValues;
		multipleDeclarations?: GoToLocationValues;
		multipleImplementations?: GoToLocationValues;
		multipleReferences?: GoToLocationValues;
		multipleTests?: GoToLocationValues;
		alternativeDefinitionCommand?: string;
		alternativeTypeDefinitionCommand?: string;
		alternativeDeclarationCommand?: string;
		alternativeImplementationCommand?: string;
		alternativeReferenceCommand?: string;
		alternativeTestsCommand?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor hover
	 */
	export interface IEditorHoverOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable the hover.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Delay for showing the hover.
		 * Defaults to 300.
		 */
		delay?: number;
		/**
		 * Is the hover sticky such that it can be clicked and its contents selected?
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		sticky?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls how long the hover is visible after you hovered out of it.
		 * Require sticky setting to be true.
		 */
		hidingDelay?: number;
		/**
		 * Should the hover be shown above the line if possible?
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		above?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * A description for the overview ruler position.
	 */
	export interface OverviewRulerPosition {
		/**
		 * Width of the overview ruler
		 */
		readonly width: number;
		/**
		 * Height of the overview ruler
		 */
		readonly height: number;
		/**
		 * Top position for the overview ruler
		 */
		readonly top: number;
		/**
		 * Right position for the overview ruler
		 */
		readonly right: number;
	}

	export enum RenderMinimap {
		None = 0,
		Text = 1,
		Blocks = 2
	}

	/**
	 * The internal layout details of the editor.
	 */
	export interface EditorLayoutInfo {
		/**
		 * Full editor width.
		 */
		readonly width: number;
		/**
		 * Full editor height.
		 */
		readonly height: number;
		/**
		 * Left position for the glyph margin.
		 */
		readonly glyphMarginLeft: number;
		/**
		 * The width of the glyph margin.
		 */
		readonly glyphMarginWidth: number;
		/**
		 * The number of decoration lanes to render in the glyph margin.
		 */
		readonly glyphMarginDecorationLaneCount: number;
		/**
		 * Left position for the line numbers.
		 */
		readonly lineNumbersLeft: number;
		/**
		 * The width of the line numbers.
		 */
		readonly lineNumbersWidth: number;
		/**
		 * Left position for the line decorations.
		 */
		readonly decorationsLeft: number;
		/**
		 * The width of the line decorations.
		 */
		readonly decorationsWidth: number;
		/**
		 * Left position for the content (actual text)
		 */
		readonly contentLeft: number;
		/**
		 * The width of the content (actual text)
		 */
		readonly contentWidth: number;
		/**
		 * Layout information for the minimap
		 */
		readonly minimap: EditorMinimapLayoutInfo;
		/**
		 * The number of columns (of typical characters) fitting on a viewport line.
		 */
		readonly viewportColumn: number;
		readonly isWordWrapMinified: boolean;
		readonly isViewportWrapping: boolean;
		readonly wrappingColumn: number;
		/**
		 * The width of the vertical scrollbar.
		 */
		readonly verticalScrollbarWidth: number;
		/**
		 * The height of the horizontal scrollbar.
		 */
		readonly horizontalScrollbarHeight: number;
		/**
		 * The position of the overview ruler.
		 */
		readonly overviewRuler: OverviewRulerPosition;
	}

	/**
	 * The internal layout details of the editor.
	 */
	export interface EditorMinimapLayoutInfo {
		readonly renderMinimap: RenderMinimap;
		readonly minimapLeft: number;
		readonly minimapWidth: number;
		readonly minimapHeightIsEditorHeight: boolean;
		readonly minimapIsSampling: boolean;
		readonly minimapScale: number;
		readonly minimapLineHeight: number;
		readonly minimapCanvasInnerWidth: number;
		readonly minimapCanvasInnerHeight: number;
		readonly minimapCanvasOuterWidth: number;
		readonly minimapCanvasOuterHeight: number;
	}

	export enum ShowLightbulbIconMode {
		Off = 'off',
		OnCode = 'onCode',
		On = 'on'
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor lightbulb
	 */
	export interface IEditorLightbulbOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable the lightbulb code action.
		 * The three possible values are `off`, `on` and `onCode` and the default is `onCode`.
		 * `off` disables the code action menu.
		 * `on` shows the code action menu on code and on empty lines.
		 * `onCode` shows the code action menu on code only.
		 */
		enabled?: ShowLightbulbIconMode;
	}

	export interface IEditorStickyScrollOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable the sticky scroll
		 */
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Maximum number of sticky lines to show
		 */
		maxLineCount?: number;
		/**
		 * Model to choose for sticky scroll by default
		 */
		defaultModel?: 'outlineModel' | 'foldingProviderModel' | 'indentationModel';
		/**
		 * Define whether to scroll sticky scroll with editor horizontal scrollbae
		 */
		scrollWithEditor?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor inlayHints
	 */
	export interface IEditorInlayHintsOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable the inline hints.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enabled?: 'on' | 'off' | 'offUnlessPressed' | 'onUnlessPressed';
		/**
		 * Font size of inline hints.
		 * Default to 90% of the editor font size.
		 */
		fontSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Font family of inline hints.
		 * Defaults to editor font family.
		 */
		fontFamily?: string;
		/**
		 * Enables the padding around the inlay hint.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		padding?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Maximum length for inlay hints per line
		 * Set to 0 to have an unlimited length.
		 */
		maximumLength?: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor minimap
	 */
	export interface IEditorMinimapOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable the rendering of the minimap.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Control the rendering of minimap.
		 */
		autohide?: 'none' | 'mouseover' | 'scroll';
		/**
		 * Control the side of the minimap in editor.
		 * Defaults to 'right'.
		 */
		side?: 'right' | 'left';
		/**
		 * Control the minimap rendering mode.
		 * Defaults to 'actual'.
		 */
		size?: 'proportional' | 'fill' | 'fit';
		/**
		 * Control the rendering of the minimap slider.
		 * Defaults to 'mouseover'.
		 */
		showSlider?: 'always' | 'mouseover';
		/**
		 * Render the actual text on a line (as opposed to color blocks).
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		renderCharacters?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Limit the width of the minimap to render at most a certain number of columns.
		 * Defaults to 120.
		 */
		maxColumn?: number;
		/**
		 * Relative size of the font in the minimap. Defaults to 1.
		 */
		scale?: number;
		/**
		 * Whether to show named regions as section headers. Defaults to true.
		 */
		showRegionSectionHeaders?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Whether to show MARK: comments as section headers. Defaults to true.
		 */
		showMarkSectionHeaders?: boolean;
		/**
		 * When specified, is used to create a custom section header parser regexp.
		 * Must contain a match group named 'label' (written as (?<label>.+)) that encapsulates the section header.
		 * Optionally can include another match group named 'separator'.
		 * To match multi-line headers like:
		 *   // ==========
		 *   // My Section
		 *   // ==========
		 * Use a pattern like: ^={3,}\n^\/\/ *(?<label>[^\n]*?)\n^={3,}$
		 */
		markSectionHeaderRegex?: string;
		/**
		 * Font size of section headers. Defaults to 9.
		 */
		sectionHeaderFontSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Spacing between the section header characters (in CSS px). Defaults to 1.
		 */
		sectionHeaderLetterSpacing?: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor padding
	 */
	export interface IEditorPaddingOptions {
		/**
		 * Spacing between top edge of editor and first line.
		 */
		top?: number;
		/**
		 * Spacing between bottom edge of editor and last line.
		 */
		bottom?: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for parameter hints
	 */
	export interface IEditorParameterHintOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable parameter hints.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable cycling of parameter hints.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		cycle?: boolean;
	}

	export type QuickSuggestionsValue = 'on' | 'inline' | 'off';

	/**
	 * Configuration options for quick suggestions
	 */
	export interface IQuickSuggestionsOptions {
		other?: boolean | QuickSuggestionsValue;
		comments?: boolean | QuickSuggestionsValue;
		strings?: boolean | QuickSuggestionsValue;
	}

	export interface InternalQuickSuggestionsOptions {
		readonly other: QuickSuggestionsValue;
		readonly comments: QuickSuggestionsValue;
		readonly strings: QuickSuggestionsValue;
	}

	export type LineNumbersType = 'on' | 'off' | 'relative' | 'interval' | ((lineNumber: number) => string);

	export enum RenderLineNumbersType {
		Off = 0,
		On = 1,
		Relative = 2,
		Interval = 3,
		Custom = 4
	}

	export interface InternalEditorRenderLineNumbersOptions {
		readonly renderType: RenderLineNumbersType;
		readonly renderFn: ((lineNumber: number) => string) | null;
	}

	export interface IRulerOption {
		readonly column: number;
		readonly color: string | null;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor scrollbars
	 */
	export interface IEditorScrollbarOptions {
		/**
		 * The size of arrows (if displayed).
		 * Defaults to 11.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		arrowSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Render vertical scrollbar.
		 * Defaults to 'auto'.
		 */
		vertical?: 'auto' | 'visible' | 'hidden';
		/**
		 * Render horizontal scrollbar.
		 * Defaults to 'auto'.
		 */
		horizontal?: 'auto' | 'visible' | 'hidden';
		/**
		 * Cast horizontal and vertical shadows when the content is scrolled.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		useShadows?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Render arrows at the top and bottom of the vertical scrollbar.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		verticalHasArrows?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Render arrows at the left and right of the horizontal scrollbar.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		horizontalHasArrows?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Listen to mouse wheel events and react to them by scrolling.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		handleMouseWheel?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Always consume mouse wheel events (always call preventDefault() and stopPropagation() on the browser events).
		 * Defaults to true.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		alwaysConsumeMouseWheel?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Height in pixels for the horizontal scrollbar.
		 * Defaults to 12 (px).
		 */
		horizontalScrollbarSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Width in pixels for the vertical scrollbar.
		 * Defaults to 14 (px).
		 */
		verticalScrollbarSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Width in pixels for the vertical slider.
		 * Defaults to `verticalScrollbarSize`.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		verticalSliderSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Height in pixels for the horizontal slider.
		 * Defaults to `horizontalScrollbarSize`.
		 * **NOTE**: This option cannot be updated using `updateOptions()`
		 */
		horizontalSliderSize?: number;
		/**
		 * Scroll gutter clicks move by page vs jump to position.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		scrollByPage?: boolean;
		/**
		 * When set, the horizontal scrollbar will not increase content height.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		ignoreHorizontalScrollbarInContentHeight?: boolean;
	}

	export interface InternalEditorScrollbarOptions {
		readonly arrowSize: number;
		readonly vertical: ScrollbarVisibility;
		readonly horizontal: ScrollbarVisibility;
		readonly useShadows: boolean;
		readonly verticalHasArrows: boolean;
		readonly horizontalHasArrows: boolean;
		readonly handleMouseWheel: boolean;
		readonly alwaysConsumeMouseWheel: boolean;
		readonly horizontalScrollbarSize: number;
		readonly horizontalSliderSize: number;
		readonly verticalScrollbarSize: number;
		readonly verticalSliderSize: number;
		readonly scrollByPage: boolean;
		readonly ignoreHorizontalScrollbarInContentHeight: boolean;
	}

	export type InUntrustedWorkspace = 'inUntrustedWorkspace';

	/**
	 * Configuration options for unicode highlighting.
	 */
	export interface IUnicodeHighlightOptions {
		/**
		 * Controls whether all non-basic ASCII characters are highlighted. Only characters between U+0020 and U+007E, tab, line-feed and carriage-return are considered basic ASCII.
		 */
		nonBasicASCII?: boolean | InUntrustedWorkspace;
		/**
		 * Controls whether characters that just reserve space or have no width at all are highlighted.
		 */
		invisibleCharacters?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether characters are highlighted that can be confused with basic ASCII characters, except those that are common in the current user locale.
		 */
		ambiguousCharacters?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether characters in comments should also be subject to unicode highlighting.
		 */
		includeComments?: boolean | InUntrustedWorkspace;
		/**
		 * Controls whether characters in strings should also be subject to unicode highlighting.
		 */
		includeStrings?: boolean | InUntrustedWorkspace;
		/**
		 * Defines allowed characters that are not being highlighted.
		 */
		allowedCharacters?: Record<string, true>;
		/**
		 * Unicode characters that are common in allowed locales are not being highlighted.
		 */
		allowedLocales?: Record<string | '_os' | '_vscode', true>;
	}

	export interface IInlineSuggestOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable or disable the rendering of automatic inline completions.
		*/
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Configures the mode.
		 * Use `prefix` to only show ghost text if the text to replace is a prefix of the suggestion text.
		 * Use `subword` to only show ghost text if the replace text is a subword of the suggestion text.
		 * Use `subwordSmart` to only show ghost text if the replace text is a subword of the suggestion text, but the subword must start after the cursor position.
		 * Defaults to `prefix`.
		*/
		mode?: 'prefix' | 'subword' | 'subwordSmart';
		showToolbar?: 'always' | 'onHover' | 'never';
		syntaxHighlightingEnabled?: boolean;
		suppressSuggestions?: boolean;
		minShowDelay?: number;
		suppressInSnippetMode?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Does not clear active inline suggestions when the editor loses focus.
		 */
		keepOnBlur?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Font family for inline suggestions.
		 */
		fontFamily?: string | 'default';
	}

	type RequiredRecursive<T> = {
		[P in keyof T]-?: T[P] extends object | undefined ? RequiredRecursive<T[P]> : T[P];
	};

	export interface IBracketPairColorizationOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable or disable bracket pair colorization.
		*/
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Use independent color pool per bracket type.
		*/
		independentColorPoolPerBracketType?: boolean;
	}

	export interface IGuidesOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable rendering of bracket pair guides.
		 * Defaults to false.
		*/
		bracketPairs?: boolean | 'active';
		/**
		 * Enable rendering of vertical bracket pair guides.
		 * Defaults to 'active'.
		 */
		bracketPairsHorizontal?: boolean | 'active';
		/**
		 * Enable highlighting of the active bracket pair.
		 * Defaults to true.
		*/
		highlightActiveBracketPair?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable rendering of indent guides.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		indentation?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable highlighting of the active indent guide.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		highlightActiveIndentation?: boolean | 'always';
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor suggest widget
	 */
	export interface ISuggestOptions {
		/**
		 * Overwrite word ends on accept. Default to false.
		 */
		insertMode?: 'insert' | 'replace';
		/**
		 * Enable graceful matching. Defaults to true.
		 */
		filterGraceful?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Prevent quick suggestions when a snippet is active. Defaults to true.
		 */
		snippetsPreventQuickSuggestions?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Favors words that appear close to the cursor.
		 */
		localityBonus?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable using global storage for remembering suggestions.
		 */
		shareSuggestSelections?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Select suggestions when triggered via quick suggest or trigger characters
		 */
		selectionMode?: 'always' | 'never' | 'whenTriggerCharacter' | 'whenQuickSuggestion';
		/**
		 * Enable or disable icons in suggestions. Defaults to true.
		 */
		showIcons?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable or disable the suggest status bar.
		 */
		showStatusBar?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Enable or disable the rendering of the suggestion preview.
		 */
		preview?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Configures the mode of the preview.
		*/
		previewMode?: 'prefix' | 'subword' | 'subwordSmart';
		/**
		 * Show details inline with the label. Defaults to true.
		 */
		showInlineDetails?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show method-suggestions.
		 */
		showMethods?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show function-suggestions.
		 */
		showFunctions?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show constructor-suggestions.
		 */
		showConstructors?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show deprecated-suggestions.
		 */
		showDeprecated?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls whether suggestions allow matches in the middle of the word instead of only at the beginning
		 */
		matchOnWordStartOnly?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show field-suggestions.
		 */
		showFields?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show variable-suggestions.
		 */
		showVariables?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show class-suggestions.
		 */
		showClasses?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show struct-suggestions.
		 */
		showStructs?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show interface-suggestions.
		 */
		showInterfaces?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show module-suggestions.
		 */
		showModules?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show property-suggestions.
		 */
		showProperties?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show event-suggestions.
		 */
		showEvents?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show operator-suggestions.
		 */
		showOperators?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show unit-suggestions.
		 */
		showUnits?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show value-suggestions.
		 */
		showValues?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show constant-suggestions.
		 */
		showConstants?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show enum-suggestions.
		 */
		showEnums?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show enumMember-suggestions.
		 */
		showEnumMembers?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show keyword-suggestions.
		 */
		showKeywords?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show text-suggestions.
		 */
		showWords?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show color-suggestions.
		 */
		showColors?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show file-suggestions.
		 */
		showFiles?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show reference-suggestions.
		 */
		showReferences?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show folder-suggestions.
		 */
		showFolders?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show typeParameter-suggestions.
		 */
		showTypeParameters?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show issue-suggestions.
		 */
		showIssues?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show user-suggestions.
		 */
		showUsers?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Show snippet-suggestions.
		 */
		showSnippets?: boolean;
	}

	export interface ISmartSelectOptions {
		selectLeadingAndTrailingWhitespace?: boolean;
		selectSubwords?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes how to indent wrapped lines.
	 */
	export enum WrappingIndent {
		/**
		 * No indentation => wrapped lines begin at column 1.
		 */
		None = 0,
		/**
		 * Same => wrapped lines get the same indentation as the parent.
		 */
		Same = 1,
		/**
		 * Indent => wrapped lines get +1 indentation toward the parent.
		 */
		Indent = 2,
		/**
		 * DeepIndent => wrapped lines get +2 indentation toward the parent.
		 */
		DeepIndent = 3
	}

	export interface EditorWrappingInfo {
		readonly isDominatedByLongLines: boolean;
		readonly isWordWrapMinified: boolean;
		readonly isViewportWrapping: boolean;
		readonly wrappingColumn: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor drop into behavior
	 */
	export interface IDropIntoEditorOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable dropping into editor.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls if a widget is shown after a drop.
		 * Defaults to 'afterDrop'.
		 */
		showDropSelector?: 'afterDrop' | 'never';
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration options for editor pasting as into behavior
	 */
	export interface IPasteAsOptions {
		/**
		 * Enable paste as functionality in editors.
		 * Defaults to true.
		 */
		enabled?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Controls if a widget is shown after a drop.
		 * Defaults to 'afterPaste'.
		 */
		showPasteSelector?: 'afterPaste' | 'never';
	}

	export enum EditorOption {
		acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter = 0,
		acceptSuggestionOnEnter = 1,
		accessibilitySupport = 2,
		accessibilityPageSize = 3,
		allowOverflow = 4,
		allowVariableLineHeights = 5,
		allowVariableFonts = 6,
		allowVariableFontsInAccessibilityMode = 7,
		ariaLabel = 8,
		ariaRequired = 9,
		autoClosingBrackets = 10,
		autoClosingComments = 11,
		screenReaderAnnounceInlineSuggestion = 12,
		autoClosingDelete = 13,
		autoClosingOvertype = 14,
		autoClosingQuotes = 15,
		autoIndent = 16,
		autoIndentOnPaste = 17,
		autoIndentOnPasteWithinString = 18,
		automaticLayout = 19,
		autoSurround = 20,
		bracketPairColorization = 21,
		guides = 22,
		codeLens = 23,
		codeLensFontFamily = 24,
		codeLensFontSize = 25,
		colorDecorators = 26,
		colorDecoratorsLimit = 27,
		columnSelection = 28,
		comments = 29,
		contextmenu = 30,
		copyWithSyntaxHighlighting = 31,
		cursorBlinking = 32,
		cursorSmoothCaretAnimation = 33,
		cursorStyle = 34,
		cursorSurroundingLines = 35,
		cursorSurroundingLinesStyle = 36,
		cursorWidth = 37,
		cursorHeight = 38,
		disableLayerHinting = 39,
		disableMonospaceOptimizations = 40,
		domReadOnly = 41,
		dragAndDrop = 42,
		dropIntoEditor = 43,
		editContext = 44,
		emptySelectionClipboard = 45,
		experimentalGpuAcceleration = 46,
		experimentalWhitespaceRendering = 47,
		extraEditorClassName = 48,
		fastScrollSensitivity = 49,
		find = 50,
		fixedOverflowWidgets = 51,
		folding = 52,
		foldingStrategy = 53,
		foldingHighlight = 54,
		foldingImportsByDefault = 55,
		foldingMaximumRegions = 56,
		unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine = 57,
		fontFamily = 58,
		fontInfo = 59,
		fontLigatures = 60,
		fontSize = 61,
		fontWeight = 62,
		fontVariations = 63,
		formatOnPaste = 64,
		formatOnType = 65,
		glyphMargin = 66,
		gotoLocation = 67,
		hideCursorInOverviewRuler = 68,
		hover = 69,
		inDiffEditor = 70,
		inlineSuggest = 71,
		letterSpacing = 72,
		lightbulb = 73,
		lineDecorationsWidth = 74,
		lineHeight = 75,
		lineNumbers = 76,
		lineNumbersMinChars = 77,
		linkedEditing = 78,
		links = 79,
		matchBrackets = 80,
		minimap = 81,
		mouseStyle = 82,
		mouseWheelScrollSensitivity = 83,
		mouseWheelZoom = 84,
		multiCursorMergeOverlapping = 85,
		multiCursorModifier = 86,
		mouseMiddleClickAction = 87,
		multiCursorPaste = 88,
		multiCursorLimit = 89,
		occurrencesHighlight = 90,
		occurrencesHighlightDelay = 91,
		overtypeCursorStyle = 92,
		overtypeOnPaste = 93,
		overviewRulerBorder = 94,
		overviewRulerLanes = 95,
		padding = 96,
		pasteAs = 97,
		parameterHints = 98,
		peekWidgetDefaultFocus = 99,
		placeholder = 100,
		definitionLinkOpensInPeek = 101,
		quickSuggestions = 102,
		quickSuggestionsDelay = 103,
		readOnly = 104,
		readOnlyMessage = 105,
		renameOnType = 106,
		renderRichScreenReaderContent = 107,
		renderControlCharacters = 108,
		renderFinalNewline = 109,
		renderLineHighlight = 110,
		renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus = 111,
		renderValidationDecorations = 112,
		renderWhitespace = 113,
		revealHorizontalRightPadding = 114,
		roundedSelection = 115,
		rulers = 116,
		scrollbar = 117,
		scrollBeyondLastColumn = 118,
		scrollBeyondLastLine = 119,
		scrollPredominantAxis = 120,
		selectionClipboard = 121,
		selectionHighlight = 122,
		selectionHighlightMaxLength = 123,
		selectionHighlightMultiline = 124,
		selectOnLineNumbers = 125,
		showFoldingControls = 126,
		showUnused = 127,
		snippetSuggestions = 128,
		smartSelect = 129,
		smoothScrolling = 130,
		stickyScroll = 131,
		stickyTabStops = 132,
		stopRenderingLineAfter = 133,
		suggest = 134,
		suggestFontSize = 135,
		suggestLineHeight = 136,
		suggestOnTriggerCharacters = 137,
		suggestSelection = 138,
		tabCompletion = 139,
		tabIndex = 140,
		trimWhitespaceOnDelete = 141,
		unicodeHighlighting = 142,
		unusualLineTerminators = 143,
		useShadowDOM = 144,
		useTabStops = 145,
		wordBreak = 146,
		wordSegmenterLocales = 147,
		wordSeparators = 148,
		wordWrap = 149,
		wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters = 150,
		wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters = 151,
		wordWrapColumn = 152,
		wordWrapOverride1 = 153,
		wordWrapOverride2 = 154,
		wrappingIndent = 155,
		wrappingStrategy = 156,
		showDeprecated = 157,
		inertialScroll = 158,
		inlayHints = 159,
		wrapOnEscapedLineFeeds = 160,
		effectiveCursorStyle = 161,
		editorClassName = 162,
		pixelRatio = 163,
		tabFocusMode = 164,
		layoutInfo = 165,
		wrappingInfo = 166,
		defaultColorDecorators = 167,
		colorDecoratorsActivatedOn = 168,
		inlineCompletionsAccessibilityVerbose = 169,
		effectiveEditContext = 170,
		scrollOnMiddleClick = 171,
		effectiveAllowVariableFonts = 172
	}

	export const EditorOptions: {
		acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter: IEditorOption<EditorOption.acceptSuggestionOnCommitCharacter, boolean>;
		acceptSuggestionOnEnter: IEditorOption<EditorOption.acceptSuggestionOnEnter, 'on' | 'off' | 'smart'>;
		accessibilitySupport: IEditorOption<EditorOption.accessibilitySupport, AccessibilitySupport>;
		accessibilityPageSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.accessibilityPageSize, number>;
		allowOverflow: IEditorOption<EditorOption.allowOverflow, boolean>;
		allowVariableLineHeights: IEditorOption<EditorOption.allowVariableLineHeights, boolean>;
		allowVariableFonts: IEditorOption<EditorOption.allowVariableFonts, boolean>;
		allowVariableFontsInAccessibilityMode: IEditorOption<EditorOption.allowVariableFontsInAccessibilityMode, boolean>;
		ariaLabel: IEditorOption<EditorOption.ariaLabel, string>;
		ariaRequired: IEditorOption<EditorOption.ariaRequired, boolean>;
		screenReaderAnnounceInlineSuggestion: IEditorOption<EditorOption.screenReaderAnnounceInlineSuggestion, boolean>;
		autoClosingBrackets: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingBrackets, 'always' | 'never' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace'>;
		autoClosingComments: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingComments, 'always' | 'never' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace'>;
		autoClosingDelete: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingDelete, 'auto' | 'always' | 'never'>;
		autoClosingOvertype: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingOvertype, 'auto' | 'always' | 'never'>;
		autoClosingQuotes: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoClosingQuotes, 'always' | 'never' | 'languageDefined' | 'beforeWhitespace'>;
		autoIndent: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoIndent, EditorAutoIndentStrategy>;
		autoIndentOnPaste: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoIndentOnPaste, boolean>;
		autoIndentOnPasteWithinString: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoIndentOnPasteWithinString, boolean>;
		automaticLayout: IEditorOption<EditorOption.automaticLayout, boolean>;
		autoSurround: IEditorOption<EditorOption.autoSurround, 'never' | 'languageDefined' | 'quotes' | 'brackets'>;
		bracketPairColorization: IEditorOption<EditorOption.bracketPairColorization, Readonly<Required<IBracketPairColorizationOptions>>>;
		bracketPairGuides: IEditorOption<EditorOption.guides, Readonly<Required<IGuidesOptions>>>;
		stickyTabStops: IEditorOption<EditorOption.stickyTabStops, boolean>;
		codeLens: IEditorOption<EditorOption.codeLens, boolean>;
		codeLensFontFamily: IEditorOption<EditorOption.codeLensFontFamily, string>;
		codeLensFontSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.codeLensFontSize, number>;
		colorDecorators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.colorDecorators, boolean>;
		colorDecoratorActivatedOn: IEditorOption<EditorOption.colorDecoratorsActivatedOn, 'hover' | 'clickAndHover' | 'click'>;
		colorDecoratorsLimit: IEditorOption<EditorOption.colorDecoratorsLimit, number>;
		columnSelection: IEditorOption<EditorOption.columnSelection, boolean>;
		comments: IEditorOption<EditorOption.comments, Readonly<Required<IEditorCommentsOptions>>>;
		contextmenu: IEditorOption<EditorOption.contextmenu, boolean>;
		copyWithSyntaxHighlighting: IEditorOption<EditorOption.copyWithSyntaxHighlighting, boolean>;
		cursorBlinking: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorBlinking, TextEditorCursorBlinkingStyle>;
		cursorSmoothCaretAnimation: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorSmoothCaretAnimation, 'on' | 'off' | 'explicit'>;
		cursorStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorStyle, TextEditorCursorStyle>;
		overtypeCursorStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.overtypeCursorStyle, TextEditorCursorStyle>;
		cursorSurroundingLines: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorSurroundingLines, number>;
		cursorSurroundingLinesStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorSurroundingLinesStyle, 'default' | 'all'>;
		cursorWidth: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorWidth, number>;
		cursorHeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.cursorHeight, number>;
		disableLayerHinting: IEditorOption<EditorOption.disableLayerHinting, boolean>;
		disableMonospaceOptimizations: IEditorOption<EditorOption.disableMonospaceOptimizations, boolean>;
		domReadOnly: IEditorOption<EditorOption.domReadOnly, boolean>;
		dragAndDrop: IEditorOption<EditorOption.dragAndDrop, boolean>;
		emptySelectionClipboard: IEditorOption<EditorOption.emptySelectionClipboard, boolean>;
		dropIntoEditor: IEditorOption<EditorOption.dropIntoEditor, Readonly<Required<IDropIntoEditorOptions>>>;
		editContext: IEditorOption<EditorOption.editContext, boolean>;
		renderRichScreenReaderContent: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderRichScreenReaderContent, boolean>;
		stickyScroll: IEditorOption<EditorOption.stickyScroll, Readonly<Required<IEditorStickyScrollOptions>>>;
		experimentalGpuAcceleration: IEditorOption<EditorOption.experimentalGpuAcceleration, 'on' | 'off'>;
		experimentalWhitespaceRendering: IEditorOption<EditorOption.experimentalWhitespaceRendering, 'off' | 'svg' | 'font'>;
		extraEditorClassName: IEditorOption<EditorOption.extraEditorClassName, string>;
		fastScrollSensitivity: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fastScrollSensitivity, number>;
		find: IEditorOption<EditorOption.find, Readonly<Required<IEditorFindOptions>>>;
		fixedOverflowWidgets: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fixedOverflowWidgets, boolean>;
		folding: IEditorOption<EditorOption.folding, boolean>;
		foldingStrategy: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingStrategy, 'auto' | 'indentation'>;
		foldingHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingHighlight, boolean>;
		foldingImportsByDefault: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingImportsByDefault, boolean>;
		foldingMaximumRegions: IEditorOption<EditorOption.foldingMaximumRegions, number>;
		unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine: IEditorOption<EditorOption.unfoldOnClickAfterEndOfLine, boolean>;
		fontFamily: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontFamily, string>;
		fontInfo: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontInfo, FontInfo>;
		fontLigatures2: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontLigatures, string>;
		fontSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontSize, number>;
		fontWeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontWeight, string>;
		fontVariations: IEditorOption<EditorOption.fontVariations, string>;
		formatOnPaste: IEditorOption<EditorOption.formatOnPaste, boolean>;
		formatOnType: IEditorOption<EditorOption.formatOnType, boolean>;
		glyphMargin: IEditorOption<EditorOption.glyphMargin, boolean>;
		gotoLocation: IEditorOption<EditorOption.gotoLocation, Readonly<Required<IGotoLocationOptions>>>;
		hideCursorInOverviewRuler: IEditorOption<EditorOption.hideCursorInOverviewRuler, boolean>;
		hover: IEditorOption<EditorOption.hover, Readonly<Required<IEditorHoverOptions>>>;
		inDiffEditor: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inDiffEditor, boolean>;
		inertialScroll: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inertialScroll, boolean>;
		letterSpacing: IEditorOption<EditorOption.letterSpacing, number>;
		lightbulb: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lightbulb, Readonly<Required<IEditorLightbulbOptions>>>;
		lineDecorationsWidth: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineDecorationsWidth, number>;
		lineHeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineHeight, number>;
		lineNumbers: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineNumbers, InternalEditorRenderLineNumbersOptions>;
		lineNumbersMinChars: IEditorOption<EditorOption.lineNumbersMinChars, number>;
		linkedEditing: IEditorOption<EditorOption.linkedEditing, boolean>;
		links: IEditorOption<EditorOption.links, boolean>;
		matchBrackets: IEditorOption<EditorOption.matchBrackets, 'always' | 'never' | 'near'>;
		minimap: IEditorOption<EditorOption.minimap, Readonly<Required<IEditorMinimapOptions>>>;
		mouseStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseStyle, 'default' | 'text' | 'copy'>;
		mouseWheelScrollSensitivity: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseWheelScrollSensitivity, number>;
		mouseWheelZoom: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseWheelZoom, boolean>;
		multiCursorMergeOverlapping: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorMergeOverlapping, boolean>;
		multiCursorModifier: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorModifier, 'altKey' | 'metaKey' | 'ctrlKey'>;
		mouseMiddleClickAction: IEditorOption<EditorOption.mouseMiddleClickAction, MouseMiddleClickAction>;
		multiCursorPaste: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorPaste, 'spread' | 'full'>;
		multiCursorLimit: IEditorOption<EditorOption.multiCursorLimit, number>;
		occurrencesHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.occurrencesHighlight, 'off' | 'singleFile' | 'multiFile'>;
		occurrencesHighlightDelay: IEditorOption<EditorOption.occurrencesHighlightDelay, number>;
		overtypeOnPaste: IEditorOption<EditorOption.overtypeOnPaste, boolean>;
		overviewRulerBorder: IEditorOption<EditorOption.overviewRulerBorder, boolean>;
		overviewRulerLanes: IEditorOption<EditorOption.overviewRulerLanes, number>;
		padding: IEditorOption<EditorOption.padding, Readonly<Required<IEditorPaddingOptions>>>;
		pasteAs: IEditorOption<EditorOption.pasteAs, Readonly<Required<IPasteAsOptions>>>;
		parameterHints: IEditorOption<EditorOption.parameterHints, Readonly<Required<IEditorParameterHintOptions>>>;
		peekWidgetDefaultFocus: IEditorOption<EditorOption.peekWidgetDefaultFocus, 'tree' | 'editor'>;
		placeholder: IEditorOption<EditorOption.placeholder, string>;
		definitionLinkOpensInPeek: IEditorOption<EditorOption.definitionLinkOpensInPeek, boolean>;
		quickSuggestions: IEditorOption<EditorOption.quickSuggestions, InternalQuickSuggestionsOptions>;
		quickSuggestionsDelay: IEditorOption<EditorOption.quickSuggestionsDelay, number>;
		readOnly: IEditorOption<EditorOption.readOnly, boolean>;
		readOnlyMessage: IEditorOption<EditorOption.readOnlyMessage, any>;
		renameOnType: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renameOnType, boolean>;
		renderControlCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderControlCharacters, boolean>;
		renderFinalNewline: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderFinalNewline, 'on' | 'off' | 'dimmed'>;
		renderLineHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderLineHighlight, 'all' | 'line' | 'none' | 'gutter'>;
		renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderLineHighlightOnlyWhenFocus, boolean>;
		renderValidationDecorations: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderValidationDecorations, 'on' | 'off' | 'editable'>;
		renderWhitespace: IEditorOption<EditorOption.renderWhitespace, 'all' | 'none' | 'boundary' | 'selection' | 'trailing'>;
		revealHorizontalRightPadding: IEditorOption<EditorOption.revealHorizontalRightPadding, number>;
		roundedSelection: IEditorOption<EditorOption.roundedSelection, boolean>;
		rulers: IEditorOption<EditorOption.rulers, IRulerOption[]>;
		scrollbar: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollbar, InternalEditorScrollbarOptions>;
		scrollBeyondLastColumn: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollBeyondLastColumn, number>;
		scrollBeyondLastLine: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollBeyondLastLine, boolean>;
		scrollOnMiddleClick: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollOnMiddleClick, boolean>;
		scrollPredominantAxis: IEditorOption<EditorOption.scrollPredominantAxis, boolean>;
		selectionClipboard: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectionClipboard, boolean>;
		selectionHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectionHighlight, boolean>;
		selectionHighlightMaxLength: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectionHighlightMaxLength, number>;
		selectionHighlightMultiline: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectionHighlightMultiline, boolean>;
		selectOnLineNumbers: IEditorOption<EditorOption.selectOnLineNumbers, boolean>;
		showFoldingControls: IEditorOption<EditorOption.showFoldingControls, 'always' | 'never' | 'mouseover'>;
		showUnused: IEditorOption<EditorOption.showUnused, boolean>;
		showDeprecated: IEditorOption<EditorOption.showDeprecated, boolean>;
		inlayHints: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inlayHints, Readonly<Required<IEditorInlayHintsOptions>>>;
		snippetSuggestions: IEditorOption<EditorOption.snippetSuggestions, 'none' | 'top' | 'bottom' | 'inline'>;
		smartSelect: IEditorOption<EditorOption.smartSelect, Readonly<Required<ISmartSelectOptions>>>;
		smoothScrolling: IEditorOption<EditorOption.smoothScrolling, boolean>;
		stopRenderingLineAfter: IEditorOption<EditorOption.stopRenderingLineAfter, number>;
		suggest: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggest, Readonly<Required<ISuggestOptions>>>;
		inlineSuggest: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inlineSuggest, Readonly<RequiredRecursive<IInlineSuggestOptions>>>;
		inlineCompletionsAccessibilityVerbose: IEditorOption<EditorOption.inlineCompletionsAccessibilityVerbose, boolean>;
		suggestFontSize: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestFontSize, number>;
		suggestLineHeight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestLineHeight, number>;
		suggestOnTriggerCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestOnTriggerCharacters, boolean>;
		suggestSelection: IEditorOption<EditorOption.suggestSelection, 'first' | 'recentlyUsed' | 'recentlyUsedByPrefix'>;
		tabCompletion: IEditorOption<EditorOption.tabCompletion, 'on' | 'off' | 'onlySnippets'>;
		tabIndex: IEditorOption<EditorOption.tabIndex, number>;
		trimWhitespaceOnDelete: IEditorOption<EditorOption.trimWhitespaceOnDelete, boolean>;
		unicodeHighlight: IEditorOption<EditorOption.unicodeHighlighting, Required<Readonly<IUnicodeHighlightOptions>>>;
		unusualLineTerminators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.unusualLineTerminators, 'off' | 'auto' | 'prompt'>;
		useShadowDOM: IEditorOption<EditorOption.useShadowDOM, boolean>;
		useTabStops: IEditorOption<EditorOption.useTabStops, boolean>;
		wordBreak: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordBreak, 'normal' | 'keepAll'>;
		wordSegmenterLocales: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordSegmenterLocales, string[]>;
		wordSeparators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordSeparators, string>;
		wordWrap: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrap, 'wordWrapColumn' | 'on' | 'off' | 'bounded'>;
		wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapBreakAfterCharacters, string>;
		wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapBreakBeforeCharacters, string>;
		wordWrapColumn: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapColumn, number>;
		wordWrapOverride1: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapOverride1, 'on' | 'off' | 'inherit'>;
		wordWrapOverride2: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wordWrapOverride2, 'on' | 'off' | 'inherit'>;
		wrapOnEscapedLineFeeds: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrapOnEscapedLineFeeds, boolean>;
		effectiveCursorStyle: IEditorOption<EditorOption.effectiveCursorStyle, TextEditorCursorStyle>;
		editorClassName: IEditorOption<EditorOption.editorClassName, string>;
		defaultColorDecorators: IEditorOption<EditorOption.defaultColorDecorators, 'auto' | 'always' | 'never'>;
		pixelRatio: IEditorOption<EditorOption.pixelRatio, number>;
		tabFocusMode: IEditorOption<EditorOption.tabFocusMode, boolean>;
		layoutInfo: IEditorOption<EditorOption.layoutInfo, EditorLayoutInfo>;
		wrappingInfo: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrappingInfo, EditorWrappingInfo>;
		wrappingIndent: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrappingIndent, WrappingIndent>;
		wrappingStrategy: IEditorOption<EditorOption.wrappingStrategy, 'simple' | 'advanced'>;
		effectiveEditContextEnabled: IEditorOption<EditorOption.effectiveEditContext, boolean>;
		effectiveAllowVariableFonts: IEditorOption<EditorOption.effectiveAllowVariableFonts, boolean>;
	};

	type EditorOptionsType = typeof EditorOptions;

	type FindEditorOptionsKeyById<T extends EditorOption> = {
		[K in keyof EditorOptionsType]: EditorOptionsType[K]['id'] extends T ? K : never;
	}[keyof EditorOptionsType];

	type ComputedEditorOptionValue<T extends IEditorOption<any, any>> = T extends IEditorOption<any, infer R> ? R : never;

	export type FindComputedEditorOptionValueById<T extends EditorOption> = NonNullable<ComputedEditorOptionValue<EditorOptionsType[FindEditorOptionsKeyById<T>]>>;

	export type MouseMiddleClickAction = 'default' | 'openLink' | 'ctrlLeftClick';

	export interface IEditorConstructionOptions extends IEditorOptions {
		/**
		 * The initial editor dimension (to avoid measuring the container).
		 */
		dimension?: IDimension;
		/**
		 * Place overflow widgets inside an external DOM node.
		 * Defaults to an internal DOM node.
		 */
		overflowWidgetsDomNode?: HTMLElement;
	}

	/**
	 * A view zone is a full horizontal rectangle that 'pushes' text down.
	 * The editor reserves space for view zones when rendering.
	 */
	export interface IViewZone {
		/**
		 * The line number after which this zone should appear.
		 * Use 0 to place a view zone before the first line number.
		 */
		afterLineNumber: number;
		/**
		 * The column after which this zone should appear.
		 * If not set, the maxLineColumn of `afterLineNumber` will be used.
		 * This is relevant for wrapped lines.
		 */
		afterColumn?: number;
		/**
		 * If the `afterColumn` has multiple view columns, the affinity specifies which one to use. Defaults to `none`.
		*/
		afterColumnAffinity?: PositionAffinity;
		/**
		 * Render the zone even when its line is hidden.
		 */
		showInHiddenAreas?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Tiebreaker that is used when multiple view zones want to be after the same line.
		 * Defaults to `afterColumn` otherwise 10000;
		 */
		ordinal?: number;
		/**
		 * Suppress mouse down events.
		 * If set, the editor will attach a mouse down listener to the view zone and .preventDefault on it.
		 * Defaults to false
		 */
		suppressMouseDown?: boolean;
		/**
		 * The height in lines of the view zone.
		 * If specified, `heightInPx` will be used instead of this.
		 * If neither `heightInPx` nor `heightInLines` is specified, a default of `heightInLines` = 1 will be chosen.
		 */
		heightInLines?: number;
		/**
		 * The height in px of the view zone.
		 * If this is set, the editor will give preference to it rather than `heightInLines` above.
		 * If neither `heightInPx` nor `heightInLines` is specified, a default of `heightInLines` = 1 will be chosen.
		 */
		heightInPx?: number;
		/**
		 * The minimum width in px of the view zone.
		 * If this is set, the editor will ensure that the scroll width is >= than this value.
		 */
		minWidthInPx?: number;
		/**
		 * The dom node of the view zone
		 */
		domNode: HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * An optional dom node for the view zone that will be placed in the margin area.
		 */
		marginDomNode?: HTMLElement | null;
		/**
		 * Callback which gives the relative top of the view zone as it appears (taking scrolling into account).
		 */
		onDomNodeTop?: (top: number) => void;
		/**
		 * Callback which gives the height in pixels of the view zone.
		 */
		onComputedHeight?: (height: number) => void;
	}

	/**
	 * An accessor that allows for zones to be added or removed.
	 */
	export interface IViewZoneChangeAccessor {
		/**
		 * Create a new view zone.
		 * @param zone Zone to create
		 * @return A unique identifier to the view zone.
		 */
		addZone(zone: IViewZone): string;
		/**
		 * Remove a zone
		 * @param id A unique identifier to the view zone, as returned by the `addZone` call.
		 */
		removeZone(id: string): void;
		/**
		 * Change a zone's position.
		 * The editor will rescan the `afterLineNumber` and `afterColumn` properties of a view zone.
		 */
		layoutZone(id: string): void;
	}

	/**
	 * A positioning preference for rendering content widgets.
	 */
	export enum ContentWidgetPositionPreference {
		/**
		 * Place the content widget exactly at a position
		 */
		EXACT = 0,
		/**
		 * Place the content widget above a position
		 */
		ABOVE = 1,
		/**
		 * Place the content widget below a position
		 */
		BELOW = 2
	}

	/**
	 * A position for rendering content widgets.
	 */
	export interface IContentWidgetPosition {
		/**
		 * Desired position which serves as an anchor for placing the content widget.
		 * The widget will be placed above, at, or below the specified position, based on the
		 * provided preference. The widget will always touch this position.
		 *
		 * Given sufficient horizontal space, the widget will be placed to the right of the
		 * passed in position. This can be tweaked by providing a `secondaryPosition`.
		 *
		 * @see preference
		 * @see secondaryPosition
		 */
		position: IPosition | null;
		/**
		 * Optionally, a secondary position can be provided to further define the placing of
		 * the content widget. The secondary position must have the same line number as the
		 * primary position. If possible, the widget will be placed such that it also touches
		 * the secondary position.
		 */
		secondaryPosition?: IPosition | null;
		/**
		 * Placement preference for position, in order of preference.
		 */
		preference: ContentWidgetPositionPreference[];
		/**
		 * Placement preference when multiple view positions refer to the same (model) position.
		 * This plays a role when injected text is involved.
		*/
		positionAffinity?: PositionAffinity;
	}

	/**
	 * A content widget renders inline with the text and can be easily placed 'near' an editor position.
	 */
	export interface IContentWidget {
		/**
		 * Render this content widget in a location where it could overflow the editor's view dom node.
		 */
		allowEditorOverflow?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Call preventDefault() on mousedown events that target the content widget.
		 */
		suppressMouseDown?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Get a unique identifier of the content widget.
		 */
		getId(): string;
		/**
		 * Get the dom node of the content widget.
		 */
		getDomNode(): HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * Get the placement of the content widget.
		 * If null is returned, the content widget will be placed off screen.
		 */
		getPosition(): IContentWidgetPosition | null;
		/**
		 * Optional function that is invoked before rendering
		 * the content widget. If a dimension is returned the editor will
		 * attempt to use it.
		 */
		beforeRender?(): IDimension | null;
		/**
		 * Optional function that is invoked after rendering the content
		 * widget. Is being invoked with the selected position preference
		 * or `null` if not rendered.
		 */
		afterRender?(position: ContentWidgetPositionPreference | null, coordinate: IContentWidgetRenderedCoordinate | null): void;
	}

	/**
	 * Coordinatees passed in {@link IContentWidget.afterRender}
	 */
	export interface IContentWidgetRenderedCoordinate {
		/**
		 * Top position relative to the editor content.
		 */
		readonly top: number;
		/**
		 * Left position relative to the editor content.
		 */
		readonly left: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A positioning preference for rendering overlay widgets.
	 */
	export enum OverlayWidgetPositionPreference {
		/**
		 * Position the overlay widget in the top right corner
		 */
		TOP_RIGHT_CORNER = 0,
		/**
		 * Position the overlay widget in the bottom right corner
		 */
		BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER = 1,
		/**
		 * Position the overlay widget in the top center
		 */
		TOP_CENTER = 2
	}

	/**
	 * Represents editor-relative coordinates of an overlay widget.
	 */
	export interface IOverlayWidgetPositionCoordinates {
		/**
		 * The top position for the overlay widget, relative to the editor.
		 */
		top: number;
		/**
		 * The left position for the overlay widget, relative to the editor.
		 */
		left: number;
	}

	/**
	 * A position for rendering overlay widgets.
	 */
	export interface IOverlayWidgetPosition {
		/**
		 * The position preference for the overlay widget.
		 */
		preference: OverlayWidgetPositionPreference | IOverlayWidgetPositionCoordinates | null;
		/**
		 * When set, stacks with other overlay widgets with the same preference,
		 * in an order determined by the ordinal value.
		 */
		stackOridinal?: number;
	}

	/**
	 * An overlay widgets renders on top of the text.
	 */
	export interface IOverlayWidget {
		/**
		 * Event fired when the widget layout changes.
		 */
		readonly onDidLayout?: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Render this overlay widget in a location where it could overflow the editor's view dom node.
		 */
		allowEditorOverflow?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Get a unique identifier of the overlay widget.
		 */
		getId(): string;
		/**
		 * Get the dom node of the overlay widget.
		 */
		getDomNode(): HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * Get the placement of the overlay widget.
		 * If null is returned, the overlay widget is responsible to place itself.
		 */
		getPosition(): IOverlayWidgetPosition | null;
		/**
		 * The editor will ensure that the scroll width is >= than this value.
		 */
		getMinContentWidthInPx?(): number;
	}

	/**
	 * A glyph margin widget renders in the editor glyph margin.
	 */
	export interface IGlyphMarginWidget {
		/**
		 * Get a unique identifier of the glyph widget.
		 */
		getId(): string;
		/**
		 * Get the dom node of the glyph widget.
		 */
		getDomNode(): HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * Get the placement of the glyph widget.
		 */
		getPosition(): IGlyphMarginWidgetPosition;
	}

	/**
	 * A position for rendering glyph margin widgets.
	 */
	export interface IGlyphMarginWidgetPosition {
		/**
		 * The glyph margin lane where the widget should be shown.
		 */
		lane: GlyphMarginLane;
		/**
		 * The priority order of the widget, used for determining which widget
		 * to render when there are multiple.
		 */
		zIndex: number;
		/**
		 * The editor range that this widget applies to.
		 */
		range: IRange;
	}

	/**
	 * Type of hit element with the mouse in the editor.
	 */
	export enum MouseTargetType {
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of an unknown element.
		 */
		UNKNOWN = 0,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of the textarea used for input.
		 */
		TEXTAREA = 1,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of the glyph margin
		 */
		GUTTER_GLYPH_MARGIN = 2,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of the line numbers
		 */
		GUTTER_LINE_NUMBERS = 3,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of the line decorations
		 */
		GUTTER_LINE_DECORATIONS = 4,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of the whitespace left in the gutter by a view zone.
		 */
		GUTTER_VIEW_ZONE = 5,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of text in the content.
		 */
		CONTENT_TEXT = 6,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of empty space in the content (e.g. after line text or below last line)
		 */
		CONTENT_EMPTY = 7,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of a view zone in the content.
		 */
		CONTENT_VIEW_ZONE = 8,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of a content widget.
		 */
		CONTENT_WIDGET = 9,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of the decorations overview ruler.
		 */
		OVERVIEW_RULER = 10,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of a scrollbar.
		 */
		SCROLLBAR = 11,
		/**
		 * Mouse is on top of an overlay widget.
		 */
		OVERLAY_WIDGET = 12,
		/**
		 * Mouse is outside of the editor.
		 */
		OUTSIDE_EDITOR = 13
	}

	export interface IBaseMouseTarget {
		/**
		 * The target element
		 */
		readonly element: HTMLElement | null;
		/**
		 * The 'approximate' editor position
		 */
		readonly position: Position | null;
		/**
		 * Desired mouse column (e.g. when position.column gets clamped to text length -- clicking after text on a line).
		 */
		readonly mouseColumn: number;
		/**
		 * The 'approximate' editor range
		 */
		readonly range: Range | null;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetUnknown extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.UNKNOWN;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetTextarea extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.TEXTAREA;
		readonly position: null;
		readonly range: null;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetMarginData {
		readonly isAfterLines: boolean;
		readonly glyphMarginLeft: number;
		readonly glyphMarginWidth: number;
		readonly glyphMarginLane?: GlyphMarginLane;
		readonly lineNumbersWidth: number;
		readonly offsetX: number;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetMargin extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.GUTTER_GLYPH_MARGIN | MouseTargetType.GUTTER_LINE_NUMBERS | MouseTargetType.GUTTER_LINE_DECORATIONS;
		readonly position: Position;
		readonly range: Range;
		readonly detail: IMouseTargetMarginData;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetViewZoneData {
		readonly viewZoneId: string;
		readonly positionBefore: Position | null;
		readonly positionAfter: Position | null;
		readonly position: Position;
		readonly afterLineNumber: number;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetViewZone extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.GUTTER_VIEW_ZONE | MouseTargetType.CONTENT_VIEW_ZONE;
		readonly position: Position;
		readonly range: Range;
		readonly detail: IMouseTargetViewZoneData;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetContentTextData {
		readonly mightBeForeignElement: boolean;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetContentText extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.CONTENT_TEXT;
		readonly position: Position;
		readonly range: Range;
		readonly detail: IMouseTargetContentTextData;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetContentEmptyData {
		readonly isAfterLines: boolean;
		readonly horizontalDistanceToText?: number;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetContentEmpty extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.CONTENT_EMPTY;
		readonly position: Position;
		readonly range: Range;
		readonly detail: IMouseTargetContentEmptyData;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetContentWidget extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.CONTENT_WIDGET;
		readonly position: null;
		readonly range: null;
		readonly detail: string;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetOverlayWidget extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.OVERLAY_WIDGET;
		readonly position: null;
		readonly range: null;
		readonly detail: string;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetScrollbar extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.SCROLLBAR;
		readonly position: Position;
		readonly range: Range;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetOverviewRuler extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.OVERVIEW_RULER;
	}

	export interface IMouseTargetOutsideEditor extends IBaseMouseTarget {
		readonly type: MouseTargetType.OUTSIDE_EDITOR;
		readonly outsidePosition: 'above' | 'below' | 'left' | 'right';
		readonly outsideDistance: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Target hit with the mouse in the editor.
	 */
	export type IMouseTarget = (IMouseTargetUnknown | IMouseTargetTextarea | IMouseTargetMargin | IMouseTargetViewZone | IMouseTargetContentText | IMouseTargetContentEmpty | IMouseTargetContentWidget | IMouseTargetOverlayWidget | IMouseTargetScrollbar | IMouseTargetOverviewRuler | IMouseTargetOutsideEditor);

	/**
	 * A mouse event originating from the editor.
	 */
	export interface IEditorMouseEvent {
		readonly event: IMouseEvent;
		readonly target: IMouseTarget;
	}

	export interface IPartialEditorMouseEvent {
		readonly event: IMouseEvent;
		readonly target: IMouseTarget | null;
	}

	/**
	 * A paste event originating from the editor.
	 */
	export interface IPasteEvent {
		readonly range: Range;
		readonly languageId: string | null;
		readonly clipboardEvent?: ClipboardEvent;
	}

	export interface IDiffEditorConstructionOptions extends IDiffEditorOptions, IEditorConstructionOptions {
		/**
		 * Place overflow widgets inside an external DOM node.
		 * Defaults to an internal DOM node.
		 */
		overflowWidgetsDomNode?: HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * Aria label for original editor.
		 */
		originalAriaLabel?: string;
		/**
		 * Aria label for modified editor.
		 */
		modifiedAriaLabel?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * A rich code editor.
	 */
	export interface ICodeEditor extends IEditor {
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the content of the current model has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModelContent: IEvent$1<IModelContentChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the language of the current model has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModelLanguage: IEvent$1<IModelLanguageChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the language configuration of the current model has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModelLanguageConfiguration: IEvent$1<IModelLanguageConfigurationChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the options of the current model has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModelOptions: IEvent$1<IModelOptionsChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the configuration of the editor has changed. (e.g. `editor.updateOptions()`)
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeConfiguration: IEvent$1<ConfigurationChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the cursor position has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeCursorPosition: IEvent$1<ICursorPositionChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the cursor selection has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeCursorSelection: IEvent$1<ICursorSelectionChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the model of this editor is about to change (e.g. from `editor.setModel()`).
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onWillChangeModel: IEvent$1<IModelChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the model of this editor has changed (e.g. `editor.setModel()`).
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModel: IEvent$1<IModelChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the decorations of the current model have changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModelDecorations: IEvent$1<IModelDecorationsChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the text inside this editor gained focus (i.e. cursor starts blinking).
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidFocusEditorText: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the text inside this editor lost focus (i.e. cursor stops blinking).
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidBlurEditorText: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the text inside this editor or an editor widget gained focus.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidFocusEditorWidget: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the text inside this editor or an editor widget lost focus.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidBlurEditorWidget: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Boolean indicating whether input is in composition
		 */
		readonly inComposition: boolean;
		/**
		 * An event emitted after composition has started.
		 */
		readonly onDidCompositionStart: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted after composition has ended.
		 */
		readonly onDidCompositionEnd: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when editing failed because the editor is read-only.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidAttemptReadOnlyEdit: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when users paste text in the editor.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidPaste: IEvent$1<IPasteEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "mouseup".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onMouseUp: IEvent$1<IEditorMouseEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "mousedown".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onMouseDown: IEvent$1<IEditorMouseEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "contextmenu".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onContextMenu: IEvent$1<IEditorMouseEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "mousemove".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onMouseMove: IEvent$1<IEditorMouseEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "mouseleave".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onMouseLeave: IEvent$1<IPartialEditorMouseEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "keyup".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onKeyUp: IEvent$1<IKeyboardEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted on a "keydown".
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onKeyDown: IEvent$1<IKeyboardEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the layout of the editor has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidLayoutChange: IEvent$1<EditorLayoutInfo>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the content width or content height in the editor has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidContentSizeChange: IEvent$1<IContentSizeChangedEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the scroll in the editor has changed.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidScrollChange: IEvent$1<IScrollEvent>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when hidden areas change in the editor (e.g. due to folding).
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeHiddenAreas: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Some editor operations fire multiple events at once.
		 * To allow users to react to multiple events fired by a single operation,
		 * the editor fires a begin update before the operation and an end update after the operation.
		 * Whenever the editor fires `onBeginUpdate`, it will also fire `onEndUpdate` once the operation finishes.
		 * Note that not all operations are bracketed by `onBeginUpdate` and `onEndUpdate`.
		*/
		readonly onBeginUpdate: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Fires after the editor completes the operation it fired `onBeginUpdate` for.
		*/
		readonly onEndUpdate: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Saves current view state of the editor in a serializable object.
		 */
		saveViewState(): ICodeEditorViewState | null;
		/**
		 * Restores the view state of the editor from a serializable object generated by `saveViewState`.
		 */
		restoreViewState(state: ICodeEditorViewState | null): void;
		/**
		 * Returns true if the text inside this editor or an editor widget has focus.
		 */
		hasWidgetFocus(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Get a contribution of this editor.
		 * @id Unique identifier of the contribution.
		 * @return The contribution or null if contribution not found.
		 */
		getContribution<T extends IEditorContribution>(id: string): T | null;
		/**
		 * Type the getModel() of IEditor.
		 */
		getModel(): ITextModel | null;
		/**
		 * Sets the current model attached to this editor.
		 * If the previous model was created by the editor via the value key in the options
		 * literal object, it will be destroyed. Otherwise, if the previous model was set
		 * via setModel, or the model key in the options literal object, the previous model
		 * will not be destroyed.
		 * It is safe to call setModel(null) to simply detach the current model from the editor.
		 */
		setModel(model: ITextModel | null): void;
		/**
		 * Gets all the editor computed options.
		 */
		getOptions(): IComputedEditorOptions;
		/**
		 * Gets a specific editor option.
		 */
		getOption<T extends EditorOption>(id: T): FindComputedEditorOptionValueById<T>;
		/**
		 * Returns the editor's configuration (without any validation or defaults).
		 */
		getRawOptions(): IEditorOptions;
		/**
		 * Get value of the current model attached to this editor.
		 * @see {@link ITextModel.getValue}
		 */
		getValue(options?: {
			preserveBOM: boolean;
			lineEnding: string;
		}): string;
		/**
		 * Set the value of the current model attached to this editor.
		 * @see {@link ITextModel.setValue}
		 */
		setValue(newValue: string): void;
		/**
		 * Get the width of the editor's content.
		 * This is information that is "erased" when computing `scrollWidth = Math.max(contentWidth, width)`
		 */
		getContentWidth(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the scrollWidth of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		getScrollWidth(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the scrollLeft of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		getScrollLeft(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the height of the editor's content.
		 * This is information that is "erased" when computing `scrollHeight = Math.max(contentHeight, height)`
		 */
		getContentHeight(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the scrollHeight of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		getScrollHeight(): number;
		/**
		 * Get the scrollTop of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		getScrollTop(): number;
		/**
		 * Change the scrollLeft of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		setScrollLeft(newScrollLeft: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Change the scrollTop of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		setScrollTop(newScrollTop: number, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Change the scroll position of the editor's viewport.
		 */
		setScrollPosition(position: INewScrollPosition, scrollType?: ScrollType): void;
		/**
		 * Check if the editor is currently scrolling towards a different scroll position.
		 */
		hasPendingScrollAnimation(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Get an action that is a contribution to this editor.
		 * @id Unique identifier of the contribution.
		 * @return The action or null if action not found.
		 */
		getAction(id: string): IEditorAction | null;
		/**
		 * Execute a command on the editor.
		 * The edits will land on the undo-redo stack, but no "undo stop" will be pushed.
		 * @param source The source of the call.
		 * @param command The command to execute
		 */
		executeCommand(source: string | null | undefined, command: ICommand): void;
		/**
		 * Create an "undo stop" in the undo-redo stack.
		 */
		pushUndoStop(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Remove the "undo stop" in the undo-redo stack.
		 */
		popUndoStop(): boolean;
		/**
		 * Execute edits on the editor.
		 * The edits will land on the undo-redo stack, but no "undo stop" will be pushed.
		 * @param source The source of the call.
		 * @param edits The edits to execute.
		 * @param endCursorState Cursor state after the edits were applied.
		 */
		executeEdits(source: string | null | undefined, edits: IIdentifiedSingleEditOperation[], endCursorState?: ICursorStateComputer | Selection[]): boolean;
		/**
		 * Execute multiple (concomitant) commands on the editor.
		 * @param source The source of the call.
		 * @param command The commands to execute
		 */
		executeCommands(source: string | null | undefined, commands: (ICommand | null)[]): void;
		/**
		 * Get all the decorations on a line (filtering out decorations from other editors).
		 */
		getLineDecorations(lineNumber: number): IModelDecoration[] | null;
		/**
		 * Get all the decorations for a range (filtering out decorations from other editors).
		 */
		getDecorationsInRange(range: Range): IModelDecoration[] | null;
		/**
		 * Get the font size at a given position
		 * @param position the position for which to fetch the font size
		 */
		getFontSizeAtPosition(position: IPosition): string | null;
		/**
		 * All decorations added through this call will get the ownerId of this editor.
		 * @deprecated Use `createDecorationsCollection`
		 * @see createDecorationsCollection
		 */
		deltaDecorations(oldDecorations: string[], newDecorations: IModelDeltaDecoration[]): string[];
		/**
		 * Remove previously added decorations.
		 */
		removeDecorations(decorationIds: string[]): void;
		/**
		 * Get the layout info for the editor.
		 */
		getLayoutInfo(): EditorLayoutInfo;
		/**
		 * Returns the ranges that are currently visible.
		 * Does not account for horizontal scrolling.
		 */
		getVisibleRanges(): Range[];
		/**
		 * Get the vertical position (top offset) for the line's top w.r.t. to the first line.
		 */
		getTopForLineNumber(lineNumber: number, includeViewZones?: boolean): number;
		/**
		 * Get the vertical position (top offset) for the line's bottom w.r.t. to the first line.
		 */
		getBottomForLineNumber(lineNumber: number): number;
		/**
		 * Get the vertical position (top offset) for the position w.r.t. to the first line.
		 */
		getTopForPosition(lineNumber: number, column: number): number;
		/**
		 * Get the line height for a model position.
		 */
		getLineHeightForPosition(position: IPosition): number;
		/**
		 * Write the screen reader content to be the current selection
		 */
		writeScreenReaderContent(reason: string): void;
		/**
		 * Returns the editor's container dom node
		 */
		getContainerDomNode(): HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * Returns the editor's dom node
		 */
		getDomNode(): HTMLElement | null;
		/**
		 * Add a content widget. Widgets must have unique ids, otherwise they will be overwritten.
		 */
		addContentWidget(widget: IContentWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Layout/Reposition a content widget. This is a ping to the editor to call widget.getPosition()
		 * and update appropriately.
		 */
		layoutContentWidget(widget: IContentWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Remove a content widget.
		 */
		removeContentWidget(widget: IContentWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Add an overlay widget. Widgets must have unique ids, otherwise they will be overwritten.
		 */
		addOverlayWidget(widget: IOverlayWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Layout/Reposition an overlay widget. This is a ping to the editor to call widget.getPosition()
		 * and update appropriately.
		 */
		layoutOverlayWidget(widget: IOverlayWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Remove an overlay widget.
		 */
		removeOverlayWidget(widget: IOverlayWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Add a glyph margin widget. Widgets must have unique ids, otherwise they will be overwritten.
		 */
		addGlyphMarginWidget(widget: IGlyphMarginWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Layout/Reposition a glyph margin widget. This is a ping to the editor to call widget.getPosition()
		 * and update appropriately.
		 */
		layoutGlyphMarginWidget(widget: IGlyphMarginWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Remove a glyph margin widget.
		 */
		removeGlyphMarginWidget(widget: IGlyphMarginWidget): void;
		/**
		 * Change the view zones. View zones are lost when a new model is attached to the editor.
		 */
		changeViewZones(callback: (accessor: IViewZoneChangeAccessor) => void): void;
		/**
		 * Get the horizontal position (left offset) for the column w.r.t to the beginning of the line.
		 * This method works only if the line `lineNumber` is currently rendered (in the editor's viewport).
		 * Use this method with caution.
		 */
		getOffsetForColumn(lineNumber: number, column: number): number;
		/**
		 * Force an editor render now.
		 */
		render(forceRedraw?: boolean): void;
		/**
		 * Get the hit test target at coordinates `clientX` and `clientY`.
		 * The coordinates are relative to the top-left of the viewport.
		 *
		 * @returns Hit test target or null if the coordinates fall outside the editor or the editor has no model.
		 */
		getTargetAtClientPoint(clientX: number, clientY: number): IMouseTarget | null;
		/**
		 * Get the visible position for `position`.
		 * The result position takes scrolling into account and is relative to the top left corner of the editor.
		 * Explanation 1: the results of this method will change for the same `position` if the user scrolls the editor.
		 * Explanation 2: the results of this method will not change if the container of the editor gets repositioned.
		 * Warning: the results of this method are inaccurate for positions that are outside the current editor viewport.
		 */
		getScrolledVisiblePosition(position: IPosition): {
			top: number;
			left: number;
			height: number;
		} | null;
		/**
		 * Apply the same font settings as the editor to `target`.
		 */
		applyFontInfo(target: HTMLElement): void;
		setBanner(bannerDomNode: HTMLElement | null, height: number): void;
		/**
		 * Is called when the model has been set, view state was restored and options are updated.
		 * This is the best place to compute data for the viewport (such as tokens).
		 */
		handleInitialized?(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * A rich diff editor.
	 */
	export interface IDiffEditor extends IEditor {
		/**
		 * @see {@link ICodeEditor.getContainerDomNode}
		 */
		getContainerDomNode(): HTMLElement;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the diff information computed by this diff editor has been updated.
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidUpdateDiff: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * An event emitted when the diff model is changed (i.e. the diff editor shows new content).
		 * @event
		 */
		readonly onDidChangeModel: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Saves current view state of the editor in a serializable object.
		 */
		saveViewState(): IDiffEditorViewState | null;
		/**
		 * Restores the view state of the editor from a serializable object generated by `saveViewState`.
		 */
		restoreViewState(state: IDiffEditorViewState | null): void;
		/**
		 * Type the getModel() of IEditor.
		 */
		getModel(): IDiffEditorModel | null;
		createViewModel(model: IDiffEditorModel): IDiffEditorViewModel;
		/**
		 * Sets the current model attached to this editor.
		 * If the previous model was created by the editor via the value key in the options
		 * literal object, it will be destroyed. Otherwise, if the previous model was set
		 * via setModel, or the model key in the options literal object, the previous model
		 * will not be destroyed.
		 * It is safe to call setModel(null) to simply detach the current model from the editor.
		 */
		setModel(model: IDiffEditorModel | IDiffEditorViewModel | null): void;
		/**
		 * Get the `original` editor.
		 */
		getOriginalEditor(): ICodeEditor;
		/**
		 * Get the `modified` editor.
		 */
		getModifiedEditor(): ICodeEditor;
		/**
		 * Get the computed diff information.
		 */
		getLineChanges(): ILineChange[] | null;
		/**
		 * Update the editor's options after the editor has been created.
		 */
		updateOptions(newOptions: IDiffEditorOptions): void;
		/**
		 * Jumps to the next or previous diff.
		 */
		goToDiff(target: 'next' | 'previous'): void;
		/**
		 * Scrolls to the first diff.
		 * (Waits until the diff computation finished.)
		 */
		revealFirstDiff(): unknown;
		accessibleDiffViewerNext(): void;
		accessibleDiffViewerPrev(): void;
		handleInitialized(): void;
	}

	export class FontInfo extends BareFontInfo {
		readonly _editorStylingBrand: void;
		readonly version: number;
		readonly isTrusted: boolean;
		readonly isMonospace: boolean;
		readonly typicalHalfwidthCharacterWidth: number;
		readonly typicalFullwidthCharacterWidth: number;
		readonly canUseHalfwidthRightwardsArrow: boolean;
		readonly spaceWidth: number;
		readonly middotWidth: number;
		readonly wsmiddotWidth: number;
		readonly maxDigitWidth: number;
	}

	export class BareFontInfo {
		readonly _bareFontInfoBrand: void;
		readonly pixelRatio: number;
		readonly fontFamily: string;
		readonly fontWeight: string;
		readonly fontSize: number;
		readonly fontFeatureSettings: string;
		readonly fontVariationSettings: string;
		readonly lineHeight: number;
		readonly letterSpacing: number;
	}

	export const EditorZoom: IEditorZoom;

	export interface IEditorZoom {
		readonly onDidChangeZoomLevel: IEvent$1<number>;
		getZoomLevel(): number;
		setZoomLevel(zoomLevel: number): void;
	}

	//compatibility:
	export type IReadOnlyModel = ITextModel;
	export type IModel = ITextModel;
}

declare namespace languages {

	export class EditDeltaInfo {
		readonly linesAdded: number;
		readonly linesRemoved: number;
		readonly charsAdded: number;
		readonly charsRemoved: number;
		static fromText(text: string): EditDeltaInfo;
		static tryCreate(linesAdded: number | undefined, linesRemoved: number | undefined, charsAdded: number | undefined, charsRemoved: number | undefined): EditDeltaInfo | undefined;
		constructor(linesAdded: number, linesRemoved: number, charsAdded: number, charsRemoved: number);
	}
	export interface IRelativePattern {
		/**
		 * A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.
		 */
		readonly base: string;
		/**
		 * A file glob pattern like `*.{ts,js}` that will be matched on file paths
		 * relative to the base path.
		 *
		 * Example: Given a base of `/home/work/folder` and a file path of `/home/work/folder/index.js`,
		 * the file glob pattern will match on `index.js`.
		 */
		readonly pattern: string;
	}

	export type LanguageSelector = string | LanguageFilter | ReadonlyArray<string | LanguageFilter>;

	export interface LanguageFilter {
		readonly language?: string;
		readonly scheme?: string;
		readonly pattern?: string | IRelativePattern;
		readonly notebookType?: string;
		/**
		 * This provider is implemented in the UI thread.
		 */
		readonly hasAccessToAllModels?: boolean;
		readonly exclusive?: boolean;
		/**
		 * This provider comes from a builtin extension.
		 */
		readonly isBuiltin?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Register information about a new language.
	 */
	export function register(language: ILanguageExtensionPoint): void;

	/**
	 * Get the information of all the registered languages.
	 */
	export function getLanguages(): ILanguageExtensionPoint[];

	export function getEncodedLanguageId(languageId: string): number;

	/**
	 * An event emitted when a language is associated for the first time with a text model.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onLanguage(languageId: string, callback: () => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * An event emitted when a language is associated for the first time with a text model or
	 * when a language is encountered during the tokenization of another language.
	 * @event
	 */
	export function onLanguageEncountered(languageId: string, callback: () => void): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Set the editing configuration for a language.
	 */
	export function setLanguageConfiguration(languageId: string, configuration: LanguageConfiguration): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * A token.
	 */
	export interface IToken {
		startIndex: number;
		scopes: string;
	}

	/**
	 * The result of a line tokenization.
	 */
	export interface ILineTokens {
		/**
		 * The list of tokens on the line.
		 */
		tokens: IToken[];
		/**
		 * The tokenization end state.
		 * A pointer will be held to this and the object should not be modified by the tokenizer after the pointer is returned.
		 */
		endState: IState;
	}

	/**
	 * The result of a line tokenization.
	 */
	export interface IEncodedLineTokens {
		/**
		 * The tokens on the line in a binary, encoded format. Each token occupies two array indices. For token i:
		 *  - at offset 2*i => startIndex
		 *  - at offset 2*i + 1 => metadata
		 * Meta data is in binary format:
		 * - -------------------------------------------
		 *     3322 2222 2222 1111 1111 1100 0000 0000
		 *     1098 7654 3210 9876 5432 1098 7654 3210
		 * - -------------------------------------------
		 *     bbbb bbbb bfff ffff ffFF FFTT LLLL LLLL
		 * - -------------------------------------------
		 *  - L = EncodedLanguageId (8 bits): Use `getEncodedLanguageId` to get the encoded ID of a language.
		 *  - T = StandardTokenType (2 bits): Other = 0, Comment = 1, String = 2, RegEx = 3.
		 *  - F = FontStyle (4 bits): None = 0, Italic = 1, Bold = 2, Underline = 4, Strikethrough = 8.
		 *  - f = foreground ColorId (9 bits)
		 *  - b = background ColorId (9 bits)
		 *  - The color value for each colorId is defined in IStandaloneThemeData.customTokenColors:
		 * e.g. colorId = 1 is stored in IStandaloneThemeData.customTokenColors[1]. Color id = 0 means no color,
		 * id = 1 is for the default foreground color, id = 2 for the default background.
		 */
		tokens: Uint32Array;
		/**
		 * The tokenization end state.
		 * A pointer will be held to this and the object should not be modified by the tokenizer after the pointer is returned.
		 */
		endState: IState;
	}

	/**
	 * A factory for token providers.
	 */
	export interface TokensProviderFactory {
		create(): ProviderResult<TokensProvider | EncodedTokensProvider | IMonarchLanguage>;
	}

	/**
	 * A "manual" provider of tokens.
	 */
	export interface TokensProvider {
		/**
		 * The initial state of a language. Will be the state passed in to tokenize the first line.
		 */
		getInitialState(): IState;
		/**
		 * Tokenize a line given the state at the beginning of the line.
		 */
		tokenize(line: string, state: IState): ILineTokens;
	}

	/**
	 * A "manual" provider of tokens, returning tokens in a binary form.
	 */
	export interface EncodedTokensProvider {
		/**
		 * The initial state of a language. Will be the state passed in to tokenize the first line.
		 */
		getInitialState(): IState;
		/**
		 * Tokenize a line given the state at the beginning of the line.
		 */
		tokenizeEncoded(line: string, state: IState): IEncodedLineTokens;
		/**
		 * Tokenize a line given the state at the beginning of the line.
		 */
		tokenize?(line: string, state: IState): ILineTokens;
	}

	/**
	 * Change the color map that is used for token colors.
	 * Supported formats (hex): #RRGGBB, $RRGGBBAA, #RGB, #RGBA
	 */
	export function setColorMap(colorMap: string[] | null): void;

	/**
	 * Register a tokens provider factory for a language. This tokenizer will be exclusive with a tokenizer
	 * set using `setTokensProvider` or one created using `setMonarchTokensProvider`, but will work together
	 * with a tokens provider set using `registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider` or `registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`.
	 */
	export function registerTokensProviderFactory(languageId: string, factory: TokensProviderFactory): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Set the tokens provider for a language (manual implementation). This tokenizer will be exclusive
	 * with a tokenizer created using `setMonarchTokensProvider`, or with `registerTokensProviderFactory`,
	 * but will work together with a tokens provider set using `registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider`
	 * or `registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`.
	 */
	export function setTokensProvider(languageId: string, provider: TokensProvider | EncodedTokensProvider | Thenable<TokensProvider | EncodedTokensProvider>): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Set the tokens provider for a language (monarch implementation). This tokenizer will be exclusive
	 * with a tokenizer set using `setTokensProvider`, or with `registerTokensProviderFactory`, but will
	 * work together with a tokens provider set using `registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider` or
	 * `registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`.
	 */
	export function setMonarchTokensProvider(languageId: string, languageDef: IMonarchLanguage | Thenable<IMonarchLanguage>): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a reference provider (used by e.g. reference search).
	 */
	export function registerReferenceProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: ReferenceProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a rename provider (used by e.g. rename symbol).
	 */
	export function registerRenameProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: RenameProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a new symbol-name provider (e.g., when a symbol is being renamed, show new possible symbol-names)
	 */
	export function registerNewSymbolNameProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: NewSymbolNamesProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a signature help provider (used by e.g. parameter hints).
	 */
	export function registerSignatureHelpProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a hover provider (used by e.g. editor hover).
	 */
	export function registerHoverProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: HoverProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a document symbol provider (used by e.g. outline).
	 */
	export function registerDocumentSymbolProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentSymbolProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a document highlight provider (used by e.g. highlight occurrences).
	 */
	export function registerDocumentHighlightProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentHighlightProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register an linked editing range provider.
	 */
	export function registerLinkedEditingRangeProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: LinkedEditingRangeProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a definition provider (used by e.g. go to definition).
	 */
	export function registerDefinitionProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DefinitionProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a implementation provider (used by e.g. go to implementation).
	 */
	export function registerImplementationProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: ImplementationProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a type definition provider (used by e.g. go to type definition).
	 */
	export function registerTypeDefinitionProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: TypeDefinitionProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a code lens provider (used by e.g. inline code lenses).
	 */
	export function registerCodeLensProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: CodeLensProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a code action provider (used by e.g. quick fix).
	 */
	export function registerCodeActionProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: CodeActionProvider, metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a formatter that can handle only entire models.
	 */
	export function registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a formatter that can handle a range inside a model.
	 */
	export function registerDocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a formatter than can do formatting as the user types.
	 */
	export function registerOnTypeFormattingEditProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a link provider that can find links in text.
	 */
	export function registerLinkProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: LinkProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a completion item provider (use by e.g. suggestions).
	 */
	export function registerCompletionItemProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: CompletionItemProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a document color provider (used by Color Picker, Color Decorator).
	 */
	export function registerColorProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentColorProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a folding range provider
	 */
	export function registerFoldingRangeProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: FoldingRangeProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a declaration provider
	 */
	export function registerDeclarationProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DeclarationProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a selection range provider
	 */
	export function registerSelectionRangeProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: SelectionRangeProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a document semantic tokens provider. A semantic tokens provider will complement and enhance a
	 * simple top-down tokenizer. Simple top-down tokenizers can be set either via `setMonarchTokensProvider`
	 * or `setTokensProvider`.
	 *
	 * For the best user experience, register both a semantic tokens provider and a top-down tokenizer.
	 */
	export function registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register a document range semantic tokens provider. A semantic tokens provider will complement and enhance a
	 * simple top-down tokenizer. Simple top-down tokenizers can be set either via `setMonarchTokensProvider`
	 * or `setTokensProvider`.
	 *
	 * For the best user experience, register both a semantic tokens provider and a top-down tokenizer.
	 */
	export function registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register an inline completions provider.
	 */
	export function registerInlineCompletionsProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: InlineCompletionsProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Register an inlay hints provider.
	 */
	export function registerInlayHintsProvider(languageSelector: LanguageSelector, provider: InlayHintsProvider): IDisposable$2;

	/**
	 * Contains additional diagnostic information about the context in which
	 * a [code action](#CodeActionProvider.provideCodeActions) is run.
	 */
	export interface CodeActionContext {
		/**
		 * An array of diagnostics.
		 */
		readonly markers: editor.IMarkerData[];
		/**
		 * Requested kind of actions to return.
		 */
		readonly only?: string;
		/**
		 * The reason why code actions were requested.
		 */
		readonly trigger: CodeActionTriggerType;
	}

	/**
	 * The code action interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [light bulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action) feature.
	 */
	export interface CodeActionProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide commands for the given document and range.
		 */
		provideCodeActions(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, context: CodeActionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeActionList>;
		/**
		 * Given a code action fill in the edit. Will only invoked when missing.
		 */
		resolveCodeAction?(codeAction: CodeAction, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeAction>;
	}

	/**
	 * Metadata about the type of code actions that a {@link CodeActionProvider} provides.
	 */
	export interface CodeActionProviderMetadata {
		/**
		 * List of code action kinds that a {@link CodeActionProvider} may return.
		 *
		 * This list is used to determine if a given `CodeActionProvider` should be invoked or not.
		 * To avoid unnecessary computation, every `CodeActionProvider` should list use `providedCodeActionKinds`. The
		 * list of kinds may either be generic, such as `["quickfix", "refactor", "source"]`, or list out every kind provided,
		 * such as `["quickfix.removeLine", "source.fixAll" ...]`.
		 */
		readonly providedCodeActionKinds?: readonly string[];
		readonly documentation?: ReadonlyArray<{
			readonly kind: string;
			readonly command: Command;
		}>;
	}

	/**
	 * Configuration for line comments.
	 */
	export interface LineCommentConfig {
		/**
		 * The line comment token, like `//`
		 */
		comment: string;
		/**
		 * Whether the comment token should not be indented and placed at the first column.
		 * Defaults to false.
		 */
		noIndent?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes how comments for a language work.
	 */
	export interface CommentRule {
		/**
		 * The line comment token, like `// this is a comment`.
		 * Can be a string or an object with comment and optional noIndent properties.
		 */
		lineComment?: string | LineCommentConfig | null;
		/**
		 * The block comment character pair, like `/* block comment *&#47;`
		 */
		blockComment?: CharacterPair | null;
	}

	/**
	 * The language configuration interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * various editor features, like automatic bracket insertion, automatic indentation etc.
	 */
	export interface LanguageConfiguration {
		/**
		 * The language's comment settings.
		 */
		comments?: CommentRule;
		/**
		 * The language's brackets.
		 * This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.
		 */
		brackets?: CharacterPair[];
		/**
		 * The language's word definition.
		 * If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable
		 * to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators.
		 * e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number):
		 *   /(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\@\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>\/\?\s]+)/g
		 */
		wordPattern?: RegExp;
		/**
		 * The language's indentation settings.
		 */
		indentationRules?: IndentationRule;
		/**
		 * The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
		 */
		onEnterRules?: OnEnterRule[];
		/**
		 * The language's auto closing pairs. The 'close' character is automatically inserted with the
		 * 'open' character is typed. If not set, the configured brackets will be used.
		 */
		autoClosingPairs?: IAutoClosingPairConditional[];
		/**
		 * The language's surrounding pairs. When the 'open' character is typed on a selection, the
		 * selected string is surrounded by the open and close characters. If not set, the autoclosing pairs
		 * settings will be used.
		 */
		surroundingPairs?: IAutoClosingPair[];
		/**
		 * Defines a list of bracket pairs that are colorized depending on their nesting level.
		 * If not set, the configured brackets will be used.
		*/
		colorizedBracketPairs?: CharacterPair[];
		/**
		 * Defines what characters must be after the cursor for bracket or quote autoclosing to occur when using the \'languageDefined\' autoclosing setting.
		 *
		 * This is typically the set of characters which can not start an expression, such as whitespace, closing brackets, non-unary operators, etc.
		 */
		autoCloseBefore?: string;
		/**
		 * The language's folding rules.
		 */
		folding?: FoldingRules;
		/**
		 * **Deprecated** Do not use.
		 *
		 * @deprecated Will be replaced by a better API soon.
		 */
		__electricCharacterSupport?: {
			docComment?: IDocComment;
		};
	}

	/**
	 * Describes indentation rules for a language.
	 */
	export interface IndentationRule {
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).
		 */
		decreaseIndentPattern: RegExp;
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).
		 */
		increaseIndentPattern: RegExp;
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then **only the next line** after it should be indented once.
		 */
		indentNextLinePattern?: RegExp | null;
		/**
		 * If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.
		 */
		unIndentedLinePattern?: RegExp | null;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes language specific folding markers such as '#region' and '#endregion'.
	 * The start and end regexes will be tested against the contents of all lines and must be designed efficiently:
	 * - the regex should start with '^'
	 * - regexp flags (i, g) are ignored
	 */
	export interface FoldingMarkers {
		start: RegExp;
		end: RegExp;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes folding rules for a language.
	 */
	export interface FoldingRules {
		/**
		 * Used by the indentation based strategy to decide whether empty lines belong to the previous or the next block.
		 * A language adheres to the off-side rule if blocks in that language are expressed by their indentation.
		 * See [wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Off-side_rule) for more information.
		 * If not set, `false` is used and empty lines belong to the previous block.
		 */
		offSide?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Region markers used by the language.
		 */
		markers?: FoldingMarkers;
	}

	/**
	 * Describes a rule to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
	 */
	export interface OnEnterRule {
		/**
		 * This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.
		 */
		beforeText: RegExp;
		/**
		 * This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.
		 */
		afterText?: RegExp;
		/**
		 * This rule will only execute if the text above the this line matches this regular expression.
		 */
		previousLineText?: RegExp;
		/**
		 * The action to execute.
		 */
		action: EnterAction;
	}

	/**
	 * Definition of documentation comments (e.g. Javadoc/JSdoc)
	 */
	export interface IDocComment {
		/**
		 * The string that starts a doc comment (e.g. '/**')
		 */
		open: string;
		/**
		 * The string that appears on the last line and closes the doc comment (e.g. ' * /').
		 */
		close?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * A tuple of two characters, like a pair of
	 * opening and closing brackets.
	 */
	export type CharacterPair = [string, string];

	export interface IAutoClosingPair {
		open: string;
		close: string;
	}

	export interface IAutoClosingPairConditional extends IAutoClosingPair {
		notIn?: string[];
	}

	/**
	 * Describes what to do with the indentation when pressing Enter.
	 */
	export enum IndentAction {
		/**
		 * Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.
		 */
		None = 0,
		/**
		 * Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
		 */
		Indent = 1,
		/**
		 * Insert two new lines:
		 *  - the first one indented which will hold the cursor
		 *  - the second one at the same indentation level
		 */
		IndentOutdent = 2,
		/**
		 * Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
		 */
		Outdent = 3
	}

	/**
	 * Describes what to do when pressing Enter.
	 */
	export interface EnterAction {
		/**
		 * Describe what to do with the indentation.
		 */
		indentAction: IndentAction;
		/**
		 * Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.
		 */
		appendText?: string;
		/**
		 * Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.
		 */
		removeText?: number;
	}

	export interface SyntaxNode {
		startIndex: number;
		endIndex: number;
		startPosition: IPosition;
		endPosition: IPosition;
	}

	export interface QueryCapture {
		name: string;
		text?: string;
		node: SyntaxNode;
		encodedLanguageId: number;
	}

	/**
	 * The state of the tokenizer between two lines.
	 * It is useful to store flags such as in multiline comment, etc.
	 * The model will clone the previous line's state and pass it in to tokenize the next line.
	 */
	export interface IState {
		clone(): IState;
		equals(other: IState): boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * A provider result represents the values a provider, like the {@link HoverProvider},
	 * may return. For once this is the actual result type `T`, like `Hover`, or a thenable that resolves
	 * to that type `T`. In addition, `null` and `undefined` can be returned - either directly or from a
	 * thenable.
	 */
	export type ProviderResult<T> = T | undefined | null | Thenable<T | undefined | null>;

	/**
	 * A hover represents additional information for a symbol or word. Hovers are
	 * rendered in a tooltip-like widget.
	 */
	export interface Hover {
		/**
		 * The contents of this hover.
		 */
		contents: IMarkdownString[];
		/**
		 * The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the
		 * editor will use the range at the current position or the
		 * current position itself.
		 */
		range?: IRange;
		/**
		 * Can increase the verbosity of the hover
		 */
		canIncreaseVerbosity?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Can decrease the verbosity of the hover
		 */
		canDecreaseVerbosity?: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * The hover provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [hover](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature.
	 */
	export interface HoverProvider<THover = Hover> {
		/**
		 * Provide a hover for the given position, context and document. Multiple hovers at the same
		 * position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults
		 * to the word range at the position when omitted.
		 */
		provideHover(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context?: HoverContext<THover>): ProviderResult<THover>;
	}

	export interface HoverContext<THover = Hover> {
		/**
		 * Hover verbosity request
		 */
		verbosityRequest?: HoverVerbosityRequest<THover>;
	}

	export interface HoverVerbosityRequest<THover = Hover> {
		/**
		 * The delta by which to increase/decrease the hover verbosity level
		 */
		verbosityDelta: number;
		/**
		 * The previous hover for the same position
		 */
		previousHover: THover;
	}

	export enum HoverVerbosityAction {
		/**
		 * Increase the verbosity of the hover
		 */
		Increase = 0,
		/**
		 * Decrease the verbosity of the hover
		 */
		Decrease = 1
	}

	export enum CompletionItemKind {
		Method = 0,
		Function = 1,
		Constructor = 2,
		Field = 3,
		Variable = 4,
		Class = 5,
		Struct = 6,
		Interface = 7,
		Module = 8,
		Property = 9,
		Event = 10,
		Operator = 11,
		Unit = 12,
		Value = 13,
		Constant = 14,
		Enum = 15,
		EnumMember = 16,
		Keyword = 17,
		Text = 18,
		Color = 19,
		File = 20,
		Reference = 21,
		Customcolor = 22,
		Folder = 23,
		TypeParameter = 24,
		User = 25,
		Issue = 26,
		Tool = 27,
		Snippet = 28
	}

	export interface CompletionItemLabel {
		label: string;
		detail?: string;
		description?: string;
	}

	export enum CompletionItemTag {
		Deprecated = 1
	}

	export enum CompletionItemInsertTextRule {
		None = 0,
		/**
		 * Adjust whitespace/indentation of multiline insert texts to
		 * match the current line indentation.
		 */
		KeepWhitespace = 1,
		/**
		 * `insertText` is a snippet.
		 */
		InsertAsSnippet = 4
	}

	export interface CompletionItemRanges {
		insert: IRange;
		replace: IRange;
	}

	/**
	 * A completion item represents a text snippet that is
	 * proposed to complete text that is being typed.
	 */
	export interface CompletionItem {
		/**
		 * The label of this completion item. By default
		 * this is also the text that is inserted when selecting
		 * this completion.
		 */
		label: string | CompletionItemLabel;
		/**
		 * The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind
		 * an icon is chosen by the editor.
		 */
		kind: CompletionItemKind;
		/**
		 * A modifier to the `kind` which affect how the item
		 * is rendered, e.g. Deprecated is rendered with a strikeout
		 */
		tags?: ReadonlyArray<CompletionItemTag>;
		/**
		 * A human-readable string with additional information
		 * about this item, like type or symbol information.
		 */
		detail?: string;
		/**
		 * A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.
		 */
		documentation?: string | IMarkdownString;
		/**
		 * A string that should be used when comparing this item
		 * with other items. When `falsy` the {@link CompletionItem.label label}
		 * is used.
		 */
		sortText?: string;
		/**
		 * A string that should be used when filtering a set of
		 * completion items. When `falsy` the {@link CompletionItem.label label}
		 * is used.
		 */
		filterText?: string;
		/**
		 * Select this item when showing. *Note* that only one completion item can be selected and
		 * that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the *first* item of those
		 * that match best is selected.
		 */
		preselect?: boolean;
		/**
		 * A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting
		 * this completion.
		 */
		insertText: string;
		/**
		 * Additional rules (as bitmask) that should be applied when inserting
		 * this completion.
		 */
		insertTextRules?: CompletionItemInsertTextRule;
		/**
		 * A range of text that should be replaced by this completion item.
		 *
		 * *Note:* The range must be a {@link Range.isSingleLine single line} and it must
		 * {@link Range.contains contain} the position at which completion has been {@link CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems requested}.
		 */
		range: IRange | CompletionItemRanges;
		/**
		 * An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and
		 * then type that character. *Note* that all commit characters should have `length=1` and that superfluous
		 * characters will be ignored.
		 */
		commitCharacters?: string[];
		/**
		 * An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when
		 * selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit
		 * nor with themselves.
		 */
		additionalTextEdits?: editor.ISingleEditOperation[];
		/**
		 * A command that should be run upon acceptance of this item.
		 */
		command?: Command;
		/**
		 * A command that should be run upon acceptance of this item.
		 */
		action?: Command;
	}

	export interface CompletionList {
		suggestions: CompletionItem[];
		incomplete?: boolean;
		dispose?(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * Info provided on partial acceptance.
	 */
	export interface PartialAcceptInfo {
		kind: PartialAcceptTriggerKind;
		acceptedLength: number;
	}

	/**
	 * How a partial acceptance was triggered.
	 */
	export enum PartialAcceptTriggerKind {
		Word = 0,
		Line = 1,
		Suggest = 2
	}

	/**
	 * How a suggest provider was triggered.
	 */
	export enum CompletionTriggerKind {
		Invoke = 0,
		TriggerCharacter = 1,
		TriggerForIncompleteCompletions = 2
	}

	/**
	 * Contains additional information about the context in which
	 * {@link CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems completion provider} is triggered.
	 */
	export interface CompletionContext {
		/**
		 * How the completion was triggered.
		 */
		triggerKind: CompletionTriggerKind;
		/**
		 * Character that triggered the completion item provider.
		 *
		 * `undefined` if provider was not triggered by a character.
		 */
		triggerCharacter?: string;
	}

	/**
	 * The completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [IntelliSense](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense).
	 *
	 * When computing *complete* completion items is expensive, providers can optionally implement
	 * the `resolveCompletionItem`-function. In that case it is enough to return completion
	 * items with a {@link CompletionItem.label label} from the
	 * {@link CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems provideCompletionItems}-function. Subsequently,
	 * when a completion item is shown in the UI and gains focus this provider is asked to resolve
	 * the item, like adding {@link CompletionItem.documentation doc-comment} or {@link CompletionItem.detail details}.
	 */
	export interface CompletionItemProvider {
		triggerCharacters?: string[];
		/**
		 * Provide completion items for the given position and document.
		 */
		provideCompletionItems(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, context: CompletionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CompletionList>;
		/**
		 * Given a completion item fill in more data, like {@link CompletionItem.documentation doc-comment}
		 * or {@link CompletionItem.detail details}.
		 *
		 * The editor will only resolve a completion item once.
		 */
		resolveCompletionItem?(item: CompletionItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CompletionItem>;
	}

	/**
	 * How an {@link InlineCompletionsProvider inline completion provider} was triggered.
	 */
	export enum InlineCompletionTriggerKind {
		/**
		 * Completion was triggered automatically while editing.
		 * It is sufficient to return a single completion item in this case.
		 */
		Automatic = 0,
		/**
		 * Completion was triggered explicitly by a user gesture.
		 * Return multiple completion items to enable cycling through them.
		 */
		Explicit = 1
	}

	export interface InlineCompletionContext {
		/**
		 * How the completion was triggered.
		 */
		readonly triggerKind: InlineCompletionTriggerKind;
		readonly selectedSuggestionInfo: SelectedSuggestionInfo | undefined;
		readonly includeInlineEdits: boolean;
		readonly includeInlineCompletions: boolean;
		readonly requestIssuedDateTime: number;
		readonly earliestShownDateTime: number;
	}

	export class SelectedSuggestionInfo {
		readonly range: IRange;
		readonly text: string;
		readonly completionKind: CompletionItemKind;
		readonly isSnippetText: boolean;
		constructor(range: IRange, text: string, completionKind: CompletionItemKind, isSnippetText: boolean);
		equals(other: SelectedSuggestionInfo): boolean;
	}

	export interface InlineCompletion {
		/**
		 * The text to insert.
		 * If the text contains a line break, the range must end at the end of a line.
		 * If existing text should be replaced, the existing text must be a prefix of the text to insert.
		 *
		 * The text can also be a snippet. In that case, a preview with default parameters is shown.
		 * When accepting the suggestion, the full snippet is inserted.
		*/
		readonly insertText: string | {
			snippet: string;
		} | undefined;
		/**
		 * The range to replace.
		 * Must begin and end on the same line.
		 * Refers to the current document or `uri` if provided.
		*/
		readonly range?: IRange;
		/**
		 * An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when
		 * selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit
		 * nor with themselves.
		 * Refers to the current document or `uri` if provided.
		 */
		readonly additionalTextEdits?: editor.ISingleEditOperation[];
		/**
		 * The file for which the edit applies to.
		*/
		readonly uri?: UriComponents;
		/**
		 * A command that is run upon acceptance of this item.
		*/
		readonly command?: Command;
		readonly gutterMenuLinkAction?: Command;
		/**
		 * Is called the first time an inline completion is shown.
		 * @deprecated. Use `onDidShow` of the provider instead.
		*/
		readonly shownCommand?: Command;
		/**
		 * If set to `true`, unopened closing brackets are removed and unclosed opening brackets are closed.
		 * Defaults to `false`.
		*/
		readonly completeBracketPairs?: boolean;
		readonly isInlineEdit?: boolean;
		readonly showInlineEditMenu?: boolean;
		/** Only show the inline suggestion when the cursor is in the showRange. */
		readonly showRange?: IRange;
		readonly warning?: InlineCompletionWarning;
		readonly hint?: InlineCompletionHint;
		/**
		 * Used for telemetry.
		 */
		readonly correlationId?: string | undefined;
	}

	export interface InlineCompletionWarning {
		message: IMarkdownString | string;
		icon?: IconPath;
	}

	export enum InlineCompletionHintStyle {
		Code = 1,
		Label = 2
	}

	export interface InlineCompletionHint {
		/** Refers to the current document. */
		range: IRange;
		style: InlineCompletionHintStyle;
		content: string;
		jumpToEdit: boolean;
	}

	export type IconPath = editor.ThemeIcon;

	export interface InlineCompletions<TItem extends InlineCompletion = InlineCompletion> {
		readonly items: readonly TItem[];
		/**
		 * A list of commands associated with the inline completions of this list.
		 */
		readonly commands?: InlineCompletionCommand[];
		readonly suppressSuggestions?: boolean | undefined;
		/**
		 * When set and the user types a suggestion without derivating from it, the inline suggestion is not updated.
		 */
		readonly enableForwardStability?: boolean | undefined;
	}

	export type InlineCompletionCommand = {
		command: Command;
		icon?: editor.ThemeIcon;
	};

	export type InlineCompletionProviderGroupId = string;

	export interface InlineCompletionsProvider<T extends InlineCompletions = InlineCompletions> {
		provideInlineCompletions(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, context: InlineCompletionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<T>;
		/**
		 * Will be called when an item is shown.
		 * @param updatedInsertText Is useful to understand bracket completion.
		*/
		handleItemDidShow?(completions: T, item: T['items'][number], updatedInsertText: string, editDeltaInfo: EditDeltaInfo): void;
		/**
		 * Will be called when an item is partially accepted. TODO: also handle full acceptance here!
		 * @param acceptedCharacters Deprecated. Use `info.acceptedCharacters` instead.
		 */
		handlePartialAccept?(completions: T, item: T['items'][number], acceptedCharacters: number, info: PartialAcceptInfo): void;
		/**
		 * @deprecated Use `handleEndOfLifetime` instead.
		*/
		handleRejection?(completions: T, item: T['items'][number]): void;
		/**
		 * Is called when an inline completion item is no longer being used.
		 * Provides a reason of why it is not used anymore.
		*/
		handleEndOfLifetime?(completions: T, item: T['items'][number], reason: InlineCompletionEndOfLifeReason<T['items'][number]>, lifetimeSummary: LifetimeSummary): void;
		/**
		 * Will be called when a completions list is no longer in use and can be garbage-collected.
		*/
		disposeInlineCompletions(completions: T, reason: InlineCompletionsDisposeReason): void;
		onDidChangeInlineCompletions?: IEvent$1<void>;
		/**
		 * Only used for {@link yieldsToGroupIds}.
		 * Multiple providers can have the same group id.
		 */
		groupId?: InlineCompletionProviderGroupId;
		/**
		 * Returns a list of preferred provider {@link groupId}s.
		 * The current provider is only requested for completions if no provider with a preferred group id returned a result.
		 */
		yieldsToGroupIds?: InlineCompletionProviderGroupId[];
		excludesGroupIds?: InlineCompletionProviderGroupId[];
		displayName?: string;
		debounceDelayMs?: number;
		toString?(): string;
	}

	export type InlineCompletionsDisposeReason = {
		kind: 'lostRace' | 'tokenCancellation' | 'other' | 'empty' | 'notTaken';
	};

	export enum InlineCompletionEndOfLifeReasonKind {
		Accepted = 0,
		Rejected = 1,
		Ignored = 2
	}

	export type InlineCompletionEndOfLifeReason<TInlineCompletion = InlineCompletion> = {
		kind: InlineCompletionEndOfLifeReasonKind.Accepted;
	} | {
		kind: InlineCompletionEndOfLifeReasonKind.Rejected;
	} | {
		kind: InlineCompletionEndOfLifeReasonKind.Ignored;
		supersededBy?: TInlineCompletion;
		userTypingDisagreed: boolean;
	};

	export type LifetimeSummary = {
		requestUuid: string;
		correlationId: string | undefined;
		partiallyAccepted: number;
		partiallyAcceptedCountSinceOriginal: number;
		partiallyAcceptedRatioSinceOriginal: number;
		partiallyAcceptedCharactersSinceOriginal: number;
		shown: boolean;
		shownDuration: number;
		shownDurationUncollapsed: number;
		timeUntilShown: number | undefined;
		timeUntilProviderRequest: number;
		timeUntilProviderResponse: number;
		notShownReason: string | undefined;
		editorType: string;
		viewKind: string | undefined;
		preceeded: boolean;
		languageId: string;
		requestReason: string;
		cursorColumnDistance?: number;
		cursorLineDistance?: number;
		lineCountOriginal?: number;
		lineCountModified?: number;
		characterCountOriginal?: number;
		characterCountModified?: number;
		disjointReplacements?: number;
		sameShapeReplacements?: boolean;
		typingInterval: number;
		typingIntervalCharacterCount: number;
		selectedSuggestionInfo: boolean;
		availableProviders: string;
	};

	export interface CodeAction {
		title: string;
		command?: Command;
		edit?: WorkspaceEdit;
		diagnostics?: editor.IMarkerData[];
		kind?: string;
		isPreferred?: boolean;
		isAI?: boolean;
		disabled?: string;
		ranges?: IRange[];
	}

	export enum CodeActionTriggerType {
		Invoke = 1,
		Auto = 2
	}

	export interface CodeActionList extends IDisposable$2 {
		readonly actions: ReadonlyArray<CodeAction>;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a parameter of a callable-signature. A parameter can
	 * have a label and a doc-comment.
	 */
	export interface ParameterInformation {
		/**
		 * The label of this signature. Will be shown in
		 * the UI.
		 */
		label: string | [number, number];
		/**
		 * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown
		 * in the UI but can be omitted.
		 */
		documentation?: string | IMarkdownString;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents the signature of something callable. A signature
	 * can have a label, like a function-name, a doc-comment, and
	 * a set of parameters.
	 */
	export interface SignatureInformation {
		/**
		 * The label of this signature. Will be shown in
		 * the UI.
		 */
		label: string;
		/**
		 * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown
		 * in the UI but can be omitted.
		 */
		documentation?: string | IMarkdownString;
		/**
		 * The parameters of this signature.
		 */
		parameters: ParameterInformation[];
		/**
		 * Index of the active parameter.
		 *
		 * If provided, this is used in place of `SignatureHelp.activeSignature`.
		 */
		activeParameter?: number;
	}

	/**
	 * Signature help represents the signature of something
	 * callable. There can be multiple signatures but only one
	 * active and only one active parameter.
	 */
	export interface SignatureHelp {
		/**
		 * One or more signatures.
		 */
		signatures: SignatureInformation[];
		/**
		 * The active signature.
		 */
		activeSignature: number;
		/**
		 * The active parameter of the active signature.
		 */
		activeParameter: number;
	}

	export interface SignatureHelpResult extends IDisposable$2 {
		value: SignatureHelp;
	}

	export enum SignatureHelpTriggerKind {
		Invoke = 1,
		TriggerCharacter = 2,
		ContentChange = 3
	}

	export interface SignatureHelpContext {
		readonly triggerKind: SignatureHelpTriggerKind;
		readonly triggerCharacter?: string;
		readonly isRetrigger: boolean;
		readonly activeSignatureHelp?: SignatureHelp;
	}

	/**
	 * The signature help provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [parameter hints](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature.
	 */
	export interface SignatureHelpProvider {
		readonly signatureHelpTriggerCharacters?: ReadonlyArray<string>;
		readonly signatureHelpRetriggerCharacters?: ReadonlyArray<string>;
		/**
		 * Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.
		 */
		provideSignatureHelp(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: SignatureHelpContext): ProviderResult<SignatureHelpResult>;
	}

	/**
	 * A document highlight kind.
	 */
	export enum DocumentHighlightKind {
		/**
		 * A textual occurrence.
		 */
		Text = 0,
		/**
		 * Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.
		 */
		Read = 1,
		/**
		 * Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.
		 */
		Write = 2
	}

	/**
	 * A document highlight is a range inside a text document which deserves
	 * special attention. Usually a document highlight is visualized by changing
	 * the background color of its range.
	 */
	export interface DocumentHighlight {
		/**
		 * The range this highlight applies to.
		 */
		range: IRange;
		/**
		 * The highlight kind, default is {@link DocumentHighlightKind.Text text}.
		 */
		kind?: DocumentHighlightKind;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a set of document highlights for a specific Uri.
	 */
	export interface MultiDocumentHighlight {
		/**
		 * The Uri of the document that the highlights belong to.
		 */
		uri: Uri;
		/**
		 * The set of highlights for the document.
		 */
		highlights: DocumentHighlight[];
	}

	/**
	 * The document highlight provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the word-highlight-feature.
	 */
	export interface DocumentHighlightProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or
		 * all exit-points of a function.
		 */
		provideDocumentHighlights(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * A provider that can provide document highlights across multiple documents.
	 */
	export interface MultiDocumentHighlightProvider {
		readonly selector: LanguageSelector;
		/**
		 * Provide a Map of Uri --> document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or
		 * all exit-points of a function.
		 *
		 * Used in cases such as split view, notebooks, etc. where there can be multiple documents
		 * with shared symbols.
		 *
		 * @param primaryModel The primary text model.
		 * @param position The position at which to provide document highlights.
		 * @param otherModels The other text models to search for document highlights.
		 * @param token A cancellation token.
		 * @returns A map of Uri to document highlights.
		 */
		provideMultiDocumentHighlights(primaryModel: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, otherModels: editor.ITextModel[], token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Map<Uri, DocumentHighlight[]>>;
	}

	/**
	 * The linked editing range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the linked editing feature.
	 */
	export interface LinkedEditingRangeProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide a list of ranges that can be edited together.
		 */
		provideLinkedEditingRanges(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges>;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a list of ranges that can be edited together along with a word pattern to describe valid contents.
	 */
	export interface LinkedEditingRanges {
		/**
		 * A list of ranges that can be edited together. The ranges must have
		 * identical length and text content. The ranges cannot overlap
		 */
		ranges: IRange[];
		/**
		 * An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges.
		 * If no pattern is provided, the language configuration's word pattern will be used.
		 */
		wordPattern?: RegExp;
	}

	/**
	 * Value-object that contains additional information when
	 * requesting references.
	 */
	export interface ReferenceContext {
		/**
		 * Include the declaration of the current symbol.
		 */
		includeDeclaration: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * The reference provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [find references](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_peek)-feature.
	 */
	export interface ReferenceProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.
		 */
		provideReferences(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, context: ReferenceContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Location[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * Represents a location inside a resource, such as a line
	 * inside a text file.
	 */
	export interface Location {
		/**
		 * The resource identifier of this location.
		 */
		uri: Uri;
		/**
		 * The document range of this locations.
		 */
		range: IRange;
	}

	export interface LocationLink {
		/**
		 * A range to select where this link originates from.
		 */
		originSelectionRange?: IRange;
		/**
		 * The target uri this link points to.
		 */
		uri: Uri;
		/**
		 * The full range this link points to.
		 */
		range: IRange;
		/**
		 * A range to select this link points to. Must be contained
		 * in `LocationLink.range`.
		 */
		targetSelectionRange?: IRange;
	}

	export type Definition = Location | Location[] | LocationLink[];

	/**
	 * The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [go to definition](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-definition)
	 * and peek definition features.
	 */
	export interface DefinitionProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 */
		provideDefinition(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [go to definition](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-definition)
	 * and peek definition features.
	 */
	export interface DeclarationProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 */
		provideDeclaration(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * The implementation provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the go to implementation feature.
	 */
	export interface ImplementationProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide the implementation of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 */
		provideImplementation(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * The type definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the go to type definition feature.
	 */
	export interface TypeDefinitionProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
		 */
		provideTypeDefinition(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * A symbol kind.
	 */
	export enum SymbolKind {
		File = 0,
		Module = 1,
		Namespace = 2,
		Package = 3,
		Class = 4,
		Method = 5,
		Property = 6,
		Field = 7,
		Constructor = 8,
		Enum = 9,
		Interface = 10,
		Function = 11,
		Variable = 12,
		Constant = 13,
		String = 14,
		Number = 15,
		Boolean = 16,
		Array = 17,
		Object = 18,
		Key = 19,
		Null = 20,
		EnumMember = 21,
		Struct = 22,
		Event = 23,
		Operator = 24,
		TypeParameter = 25
	}

	export enum SymbolTag {
		Deprecated = 1
	}

	export interface DocumentSymbol {
		name: string;
		detail: string;
		kind: SymbolKind;
		tags: ReadonlyArray<SymbolTag>;
		containerName?: string;
		range: IRange;
		selectionRange: IRange;
		children?: DocumentSymbol[];
	}

	/**
	 * The document symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the [go to symbol](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-symbol)-feature.
	 */
	export interface DocumentSymbolProvider {
		displayName?: string;
		/**
		 * Provide symbol information for the given document.
		 */
		provideDocumentSymbols(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[]>;
	}

	export interface TextEdit {
		range: IRange;
		text: string;
		eol?: editor.EndOfLineSequence;
	}

	/**
	 * Interface used to format a model
	 */
	export interface FormattingOptions {
		/**
		 * Size of a tab in spaces.
		 */
		tabSize: number;
		/**
		 * Prefer spaces over tabs.
		 */
		insertSpaces: boolean;
	}

	/**
	 * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the formatting-feature.
	 */
	export interface DocumentFormattingEditProvider {
		readonly displayName?: string;
		/**
		 * Provide formatting edits for a whole document.
		 */
		provideDocumentFormattingEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the formatting-feature.
	 */
	export interface DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider {
		readonly displayName?: string;
		/**
		 * Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.
		 *
		 * The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller
		 * or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end
		 * of the range to full syntax nodes.
		 */
		provideDocumentRangeFormattingEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
		provideDocumentRangesFormattingEdits?(model: editor.ITextModel, ranges: Range[], options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and
	 * the formatting-feature.
	 */
	export interface OnTypeFormattingEditProvider {
		autoFormatTriggerCharacters: string[];
		/**
		 * Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.
		 *
		 * The given position and character should hint to the provider
		 * what range the position to expand to, like find the matching `{`
		 * when `}` has been entered.
		 */
		provideOnTypeFormattingEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, ch: string, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<TextEdit[]>;
	}

	/**
	 * A link inside the editor.
	 */
	export interface ILink {
		range: IRange;
		url?: Uri | string;
		tooltip?: string;
	}

	export interface ILinksList {
		links: ILink[];
		dispose?(): void;
	}

	/**
	 * A provider of links.
	 */
	export interface LinkProvider {
		provideLinks(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<ILinksList>;
		resolveLink?: (link: ILink, token: CancellationToken) => ProviderResult<ILink>;
	}

	/**
	 * A color in RGBA format.
	 */
	export interface IColor {
		/**
		 * The red component in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly red: number;
		/**
		 * The green component in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly green: number;
		/**
		 * The blue component in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly blue: number;
		/**
		 * The alpha component in the range [0-1].
		 */
		readonly alpha: number;
	}

	/**
	 * String representations for a color
	 */
	export interface IColorPresentation {
		/**
		 * The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color
		 * picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting
		 * this color presentation.
		 */
		label: string;
		/**
		 * An {@link TextEdit edit} which is applied to a document when selecting
		 * this presentation for the color.
		 */
		textEdit?: TextEdit;
		/**
		 * An optional array of additional {@link TextEdit text edits} that are applied when
		 * selecting this color presentation.
		 */
		additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[];
	}

	/**
	 * A color range is a range in a text model which represents a color.
	 */
	export interface IColorInformation {
		/**
		 * The range within the model.
		 */
		range: IRange;
		/**
		 * The color represented in this range.
		 */
		color: IColor;
	}

	/**
	 * A provider of colors for editor models.
	 */
	export interface DocumentColorProvider {
		/**
		 * Provides the color ranges for a specific model.
		 */
		provideDocumentColors(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<IColorInformation[]>;
		/**
		 * Provide the string representations for a color.
		 */
		provideColorPresentations(model: editor.ITextModel, colorInfo: IColorInformation, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<IColorPresentation[]>;
	}

	export interface SelectionRange {
		range: IRange;
	}

	export interface SelectionRangeProvider {
		/**
		 * Provide ranges that should be selected from the given position.
		 */
		provideSelectionRanges(model: editor.ITextModel, positions: Position[], token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SelectionRange[][]>;
	}

	export interface FoldingContext {
	}

	/**
	 * A provider of folding ranges for editor models.
	 */
	export interface FoldingRangeProvider {
		/**
		 * An optional event to signal that the folding ranges from this provider have changed.
		 */
		onDidChange?: IEvent$1<this>;
		/**
		 * Provides the folding ranges for a specific model.
		 */
		provideFoldingRanges(model: editor.ITextModel, context: FoldingContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]>;
	}

	export interface FoldingRange {
		/**
		 * The one-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character.
		 */
		start: number;
		/**
		 * The one-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character.
		 */
		end: number;
		/**
		 * Describes the {@link FoldingRangeKind Kind} of the folding range such as {@link FoldingRangeKind.Comment Comment} or
		 * {@link FoldingRangeKind.Region Region}. The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands
		 * like 'Fold all comments'. See
		 * {@link FoldingRangeKind} for an enumeration of standardized kinds.
		 */
		kind?: FoldingRangeKind;
	}

	export class FoldingRangeKind {
		value: string;
		/**
		 * Kind for folding range representing a comment. The value of the kind is 'comment'.
		 */
		static readonly Comment: FoldingRangeKind;
		/**
		 * Kind for folding range representing a import. The value of the kind is 'imports'.
		 */
		static readonly Imports: FoldingRangeKind;
		/**
		 * Kind for folding range representing regions (for example marked by `#region`, `#endregion`).
		 * The value of the kind is 'region'.
		 */
		static readonly Region: FoldingRangeKind;
		/**
		 * Returns a {@link FoldingRangeKind} for the given value.
		 *
		 * @param value of the kind.
		 */
		static fromValue(value: string): FoldingRangeKind;
		/**
		 * Creates a new {@link FoldingRangeKind}.
		 *
		 * @param value of the kind.
		 */
		constructor(value: string);
	}

	export interface WorkspaceEditMetadata {
		needsConfirmation: boolean;
		label: string;
		description?: string;
	}

	export interface WorkspaceFileEditOptions {
		overwrite?: boolean;
		ignoreIfNotExists?: boolean;
		ignoreIfExists?: boolean;
		recursive?: boolean;
		copy?: boolean;
		folder?: boolean;
		skipTrashBin?: boolean;
		maxSize?: number;
	}

	export interface IWorkspaceFileEdit {
		oldResource?: Uri;
		newResource?: Uri;
		options?: WorkspaceFileEditOptions;
		metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata;
	}

	export interface IWorkspaceTextEdit {
		resource: Uri;
		textEdit: TextEdit & {
			insertAsSnippet?: boolean;
			keepWhitespace?: boolean;
		};
		versionId: number | undefined;
		metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata;
	}

	export interface WorkspaceEdit {
		edits: Array<IWorkspaceTextEdit | IWorkspaceFileEdit | ICustomEdit>;
	}

	export interface ICustomEdit {
		readonly resource: Uri;
		readonly metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata;
		undo(): Promise<void> | void;
		redo(): Promise<void> | void;
	}

	export interface Rejection {
		rejectReason?: string;
	}

	export interface RenameLocation {
		range: IRange;
		text: string;
	}

	export interface RenameProvider {
		provideRenameEdits(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, newName: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit & Rejection>;
		resolveRenameLocation?(model: editor.ITextModel, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<RenameLocation & Rejection>;
	}

	export enum NewSymbolNameTag {
		AIGenerated = 1
	}

	export enum NewSymbolNameTriggerKind {
		Invoke = 0,
		Automatic = 1
	}

	export interface NewSymbolName {
		readonly newSymbolName: string;
		readonly tags?: readonly NewSymbolNameTag[];
	}

	export interface NewSymbolNamesProvider {
		supportsAutomaticNewSymbolNamesTriggerKind?: Promise<boolean | undefined>;
		provideNewSymbolNames(model: editor.ITextModel, range: IRange, triggerKind: NewSymbolNameTriggerKind, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<NewSymbolName[]>;
	}

	export interface Command {
		id: string;
		title: string;
		tooltip?: string;
		arguments?: unknown[];
	}

	export interface CommentThreadRevealOptions {
		preserveFocus: boolean;
		focusReply: boolean;
	}

	export interface CommentAuthorInformation {
		name: string;
		iconPath?: UriComponents;
	}

	export interface PendingCommentThread {
		range: IRange | undefined;
		uri: Uri;
		uniqueOwner: string;
		isReply: boolean;
		comment: PendingComment;
	}

	export interface PendingComment {
		body: string;
		cursor: IPosition;
	}

	export interface CodeLens {
		range: IRange;
		id?: string;
		command?: Command;
	}

	export interface CodeLensList {
		readonly lenses: readonly CodeLens[];
		dispose?(): void;
	}

	export interface CodeLensProvider {
		onDidChange?: IEvent$1<this>;
		provideCodeLenses(model: editor.ITextModel, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeLensList>;
		resolveCodeLens?(model: editor.ITextModel, codeLens: CodeLens, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<CodeLens>;
	}

	export enum InlayHintKind {
		Type = 1,
		Parameter = 2
	}

	export interface InlayHintLabelPart {
		label: string;
		tooltip?: string | IMarkdownString;
		command?: Command;
		location?: Location;
	}

	export interface InlayHint {
		label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[];
		tooltip?: string | IMarkdownString;
		textEdits?: TextEdit[];
		position: IPosition;
		kind?: InlayHintKind;
		paddingLeft?: boolean;
		paddingRight?: boolean;
	}

	export interface InlayHintList {
		hints: InlayHint[];
		dispose(): void;
	}

	export interface InlayHintsProvider {
		displayName?: string;
		onDidChangeInlayHints?: IEvent$1<void>;
		provideInlayHints(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<InlayHintList>;
		resolveInlayHint?(hint: InlayHint, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<InlayHint>;
	}

	export interface SemanticTokensLegend {
		readonly tokenTypes: string[];
		readonly tokenModifiers: string[];
	}

	export interface SemanticTokens {
		readonly resultId?: string;
		readonly data: Uint32Array;
	}

	export interface SemanticTokensEdit {
		readonly start: number;
		readonly deleteCount: number;
		readonly data?: Uint32Array;
	}

	export interface SemanticTokensEdits {
		readonly resultId?: string;
		readonly edits: SemanticTokensEdit[];
	}

	export interface DocumentSemanticTokensProvider {
		readonly onDidChange?: IEvent$1<void>;
		getLegend(): SemanticTokensLegend;
		provideDocumentSemanticTokens(model: editor.ITextModel, lastResultId: string | null, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens | SemanticTokensEdits>;
		releaseDocumentSemanticTokens(resultId: string | undefined): void;
	}

	export interface DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider {
		readonly onDidChange?: IEvent$1<void>;
		getLegend(): SemanticTokensLegend;
		provideDocumentRangeSemanticTokens(model: editor.ITextModel, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<SemanticTokens>;
	}

	export interface ILanguageExtensionPoint {
		id: string;
		extensions?: string[];
		filenames?: string[];
		filenamePatterns?: string[];
		firstLine?: string;
		aliases?: string[];
		mimetypes?: string[];
		configuration?: Uri;
	}
	/**
	 * A Monarch language definition
	 */
	export interface IMonarchLanguage {
		/**
		 * map from string to ILanguageRule[]
		 */
		tokenizer: {
			[name: string]: IMonarchLanguageRule[];
		};
		/**
		 * is the language case insensitive?
		 */
		ignoreCase?: boolean;
		/**
		 * is the language unicode-aware? (i.e., /\u{1D306}/)
		 */
		unicode?: boolean;
		/**
		 * if no match in the tokenizer assign this token class (default 'source')
		 */
		defaultToken?: string;
		/**
		 * for example [['{','}','delimiter.curly']]
		 */
		brackets?: IMonarchLanguageBracket[];
		/**
		 * start symbol in the tokenizer (by default the first entry is used)
		 */
		start?: string;
		/**
		 * attach this to every token class (by default '.' + name)
		 */
		tokenPostfix?: string;
		/**
		 * include line feeds (in the form of a \n character) at the end of lines
		 * Defaults to false
		 */
		includeLF?: boolean;
		/**
		 * Other keys that can be referred to by the tokenizer.
		 */
		[key: string]: any;
	}

	/**
	 * A rule is either a regular expression and an action
	 * 		shorthands: [reg,act] == { regex: reg, action: act}
	 *		and       : [reg,act,nxt] == { regex: reg, action: act{ next: nxt }}
	 */
	export type IShortMonarchLanguageRule1 = [string | RegExp, IMonarchLanguageAction];

	export type IShortMonarchLanguageRule2 = [string | RegExp, IMonarchLanguageAction, string];

	export interface IExpandedMonarchLanguageRule {
		/**
		 * match tokens
		 */
		regex?: string | RegExp;
		/**
		 * action to take on match
		 */
		action?: IMonarchLanguageAction;
		/**
		 * or an include rule. include all rules from the included state
		 */
		include?: string;
	}

	export type IMonarchLanguageRule = IShortMonarchLanguageRule1 | IShortMonarchLanguageRule2 | IExpandedMonarchLanguageRule;

	/**
	 * An action is either an array of actions...
	 * ... or a case statement with guards...
	 * ... or a basic action with a token value.
	 */
	export type IShortMonarchLanguageAction = string;

	export interface IExpandedMonarchLanguageAction {
		/**
		 * array of actions for each parenthesized match group
		 */
		group?: IMonarchLanguageAction[];
		/**
		 * map from string to ILanguageAction
		 */
		cases?: Object;
		/**
		 * token class (ie. css class) (or "@brackets" or "@rematch")
		 */
		token?: string;
		/**
		 * the next state to push, or "@push", "@pop", "@popall"
		 */
		next?: string;
		/**
		 * switch to this state
		 */
		switchTo?: string;
		/**
		 * go back n characters in the stream
		 */
		goBack?: number;
		/**
		 * @open or @close
		 */
		bracket?: string;
		/**
		 * switch to embedded language (using the mimetype) or get out using "@pop"
		 */
		nextEmbedded?: string;
		/**
		 * log a message to the browser console window
		 */
		log?: string;
	}

	export type IMonarchLanguageAction = IShortMonarchLanguageAction | IExpandedMonarchLanguageAction | (IShortMonarchLanguageAction | IExpandedMonarchLanguageAction)[];

	/**
	 * This interface can be shortened as an array, ie. ['{','}','delimiter.curly']
	 */
	export interface IMonarchLanguageBracket {
		/**
		 * open bracket
		 */
		open: string;
		/**
		 * closing bracket
		 */
		close: string;
		/**
		 * token class
		 */
		token: string;
	}

}

declare namespace worker {

	export interface IMirrorTextModel {
		readonly version: number;
	}

	export interface IMirrorModel extends IMirrorTextModel {
		readonly uri: Uri;
		readonly version: number;
		getValue(): string;
	}

	export interface IWorkerContext<H = {}> {
		/**
		 * A proxy to the main thread host object.
		 */
		host: H;
		/**
		 * Get all available mirror models in this worker.
		 */
		getMirrorModels(): IMirrorModel[];
	}

}

interface CSSFormatConfiguration {
    /** separate selectors with newline (e.g. "a,\nbr" or "a, br"): Default: true */
    newlineBetweenSelectors?: boolean;
    /** add a new line after every css rule: Default: true */
    newlineBetweenRules?: boolean;
    /** ensure space around selector separators:  '>', '+', '~' (e.g. "a>b" -> "a > b"): Default: false */
    spaceAroundSelectorSeparator?: boolean;
    /** put braces on the same line as rules (`collapse`), or put braces on own line, Allman / ANSI style (`expand`). Default `collapse` */
    braceStyle?: 'collapse' | 'expand';
    /** whether existing line breaks before elements should be preserved. Default: true */
    preserveNewLines?: boolean;
    /** maximum number of line breaks to be preserved in one chunk. Default: unlimited */
    maxPreserveNewLines?: number;
}
interface Options$1 {
    readonly validate?: boolean;
    readonly lint?: {
        readonly compatibleVendorPrefixes?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly vendorPrefix?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly duplicateProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly emptyRules?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly importStatement?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly boxModel?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly universalSelector?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly zeroUnits?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly fontFaceProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly hexColorLength?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly argumentsInColorFunction?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly unknownProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly ieHack?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly unknownVendorSpecificProperties?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly propertyIgnoredDueToDisplay?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly important?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly float?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
        readonly idSelector?: 'ignore' | 'warning' | 'error';
    };
    /**
     * Configures the CSS data types known by the langauge service.
     */
    readonly data?: CSSDataConfiguration;
    /**
     * Settings for the CSS formatter.
     */
    readonly format?: CSSFormatConfiguration;
}
interface ModeConfiguration$3 {
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly completionItems?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly hovers?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in definitions provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly definitions?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly references?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentHighlights?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in rename provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly rename?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in color provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly colors?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in foldingRange provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly foldingRanges?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in selection range provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly selectionRanges?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in document formatting edit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentFormattingEdits?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in document formatting range edit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
}
interface LanguageServiceDefaults$3 {
    readonly languageId: string;
    readonly onDidChange: IEvent$1<LanguageServiceDefaults$3>;
    readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration$3;
    readonly options: Options$1;
    setOptions(options: Options$1): void;
    setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration$3): void;
    /** @deprecated Use options instead */
    readonly diagnosticsOptions: DiagnosticsOptions$2;
    /** @deprecated Use setOptions instead */
    setDiagnosticsOptions(options: DiagnosticsOptions$2): void;
}
/** @deprecated Use Options instead */
type DiagnosticsOptions$2 = Options$1;
declare const cssDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$3;
declare const scssDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$3;
declare const lessDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$3;
interface CSSDataConfiguration {
    /**
     * Defines whether the standard CSS properties, at-directives, pseudoClasses and pseudoElements are shown.
     */
    useDefaultDataProvider?: boolean;
    /**
     * Provides a set of custom data providers.
     */
    dataProviders?: {
        [providerId: string]: CSSDataV1;
    };
}
/**
 * Custom CSS properties, at-directives, pseudoClasses and pseudoElements
 * https://github.com/microsoft/vscode-css-languageservice/blob/main/docs/customData.md
 */
interface CSSDataV1 {
    version: 1 | 1.1;
    properties?: IPropertyData[];
    atDirectives?: IAtDirectiveData[];
    pseudoClasses?: IPseudoClassData[];
    pseudoElements?: IPseudoElementData[];
}
type EntryStatus = 'standard' | 'experimental' | 'nonstandard' | 'obsolete';
interface IReference$1 {
    name: string;
    url: string;
}
interface IPropertyData {
    name: string;
    description?: string | MarkupContent$1;
    browsers?: string[];
    restrictions?: string[];
    status?: EntryStatus;
    syntax?: string;
    values?: IValueData$1[];
    references?: IReference$1[];
    relevance?: number;
}
interface IAtDirectiveData {
    name: string;
    description?: string | MarkupContent$1;
    browsers?: string[];
    status?: EntryStatus;
    references?: IReference$1[];
}
interface IPseudoClassData {
    name: string;
    description?: string | MarkupContent$1;
    browsers?: string[];
    status?: EntryStatus;
    references?: IReference$1[];
}
interface IPseudoElementData {
    name: string;
    description?: string | MarkupContent$1;
    browsers?: string[];
    status?: EntryStatus;
    references?: IReference$1[];
}
interface IValueData$1 {
    name: string;
    description?: string | MarkupContent$1;
    browsers?: string[];
    status?: EntryStatus;
    references?: IReference$1[];
}
interface MarkupContent$1 {
    kind: MarkupKind$1;
    value: string;
}
declare type MarkupKind$1 = 'plaintext' | 'markdown';

type monaco_contribution$3_CSSDataConfiguration = CSSDataConfiguration;
type monaco_contribution$3_CSSDataV1 = CSSDataV1;
type monaco_contribution$3_CSSFormatConfiguration = CSSFormatConfiguration;
type monaco_contribution$3_EntryStatus = EntryStatus;
type monaco_contribution$3_IAtDirectiveData = IAtDirectiveData;
type monaco_contribution$3_IPropertyData = IPropertyData;
type monaco_contribution$3_IPseudoClassData = IPseudoClassData;
type monaco_contribution$3_IPseudoElementData = IPseudoElementData;
declare const monaco_contribution$3_cssDefaults: typeof cssDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution$3_lessDefaults: typeof lessDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution$3_scssDefaults: typeof scssDefaults;
declare namespace monaco_contribution$3 {
  export { monaco_contribution$3_cssDefaults as cssDefaults, monaco_contribution$3_lessDefaults as lessDefaults, monaco_contribution$3_scssDefaults as scssDefaults };
  export type { monaco_contribution$3_CSSDataConfiguration as CSSDataConfiguration, monaco_contribution$3_CSSDataV1 as CSSDataV1, monaco_contribution$3_CSSFormatConfiguration as CSSFormatConfiguration, DiagnosticsOptions$2 as DiagnosticsOptions, monaco_contribution$3_EntryStatus as EntryStatus, monaco_contribution$3_IAtDirectiveData as IAtDirectiveData, monaco_contribution$3_IPropertyData as IPropertyData, monaco_contribution$3_IPseudoClassData as IPseudoClassData, monaco_contribution$3_IPseudoElementData as IPseudoElementData, IReference$1 as IReference, IValueData$1 as IValueData, LanguageServiceDefaults$3 as LanguageServiceDefaults, MarkupContent$1 as MarkupContent, MarkupKind$1 as MarkupKind, ModeConfiguration$3 as ModeConfiguration, Options$1 as Options };
}

interface HTMLFormatConfiguration {
    readonly tabSize: number;
    readonly insertSpaces: boolean;
    readonly wrapLineLength: number;
    readonly unformatted: string;
    readonly contentUnformatted: string;
    readonly indentInnerHtml: boolean;
    readonly preserveNewLines: boolean;
    readonly maxPreserveNewLines: number | undefined;
    readonly indentHandlebars: boolean;
    readonly endWithNewline: boolean;
    readonly extraLiners: string;
    readonly wrapAttributes: 'auto' | 'force' | 'force-aligned' | 'force-expand-multiline';
}
interface CompletionConfiguration {
    readonly [providerId: string]: boolean;
}
interface Options {
    /**
     * Settings for the HTML formatter.
     */
    readonly format?: HTMLFormatConfiguration;
    /**
     * Code completion settings.
     */
    readonly suggest?: CompletionConfiguration;
    /**
     * Configures the HTML data types known by the HTML langauge service.
     */
    readonly data?: HTMLDataConfiguration;
}
interface ModeConfiguration$2 {
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly completionItems?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly hovers?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in definitions provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly links?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentHighlights?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in rename provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly rename?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in color provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly colors?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in foldingRange provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly foldingRanges?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in selection range provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly selectionRanges?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentFormattingEdits?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentRangeFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
}
interface LanguageServiceDefaults$2 {
    readonly languageId: string;
    readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration$2;
    readonly onDidChange: IEvent$1<LanguageServiceDefaults$2>;
    readonly options: Options;
    setOptions(options: Options): void;
    setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration$2): void;
}
declare const htmlLanguageService: LanguageServiceRegistration;
declare const htmlDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$2;
declare const handlebarLanguageService: LanguageServiceRegistration;
declare const handlebarDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$2;
declare const razorLanguageService: LanguageServiceRegistration;
declare const razorDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$2;
interface LanguageServiceRegistration extends IDisposable$2 {
    readonly defaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$2;
}
/**
 * Registers a new HTML language service for the languageId.
 * Note: 'html', 'handlebar' and 'razor' are registered by default.
 *
 * Use this method to register additional language ids with a HTML service.
 * The language server has to be registered before an editor model is opened.
 */
declare function registerHTMLLanguageService(languageId: string, options?: Options, modeConfiguration?: ModeConfiguration$2): LanguageServiceRegistration;
interface HTMLDataConfiguration {
    /**
     * Defines whether the standard HTML tags and attributes are shown
     */
    readonly useDefaultDataProvider?: boolean;
    /**
     * Provides a set of custom data providers.
     */
    readonly dataProviders?: {
        [providerId: string]: HTMLDataV1;
    };
}
/**
 * Custom HTML tags attributes and attribute values
 * https://github.com/microsoft/vscode-html-languageservice/blob/main/docs/customData.md
 */
interface HTMLDataV1 {
    readonly version: 1 | 1.1;
    readonly tags?: ITagData[];
    readonly globalAttributes?: IAttributeData[];
    readonly valueSets?: IValueSet[];
}
interface IReference {
    readonly name: string;
    readonly url: string;
}
interface ITagData {
    readonly name: string;
    readonly description?: string | MarkupContent;
    readonly attributes: IAttributeData[];
    readonly references?: IReference[];
}
interface IAttributeData {
    readonly name: string;
    readonly description?: string | MarkupContent;
    readonly valueSet?: string;
    readonly values?: IValueData[];
    readonly references?: IReference[];
}
interface IValueData {
    readonly name: string;
    readonly description?: string | MarkupContent;
    readonly references?: IReference[];
}
interface IValueSet {
    readonly name: string;
    readonly values: IValueData[];
}
interface MarkupContent {
    readonly kind: MarkupKind;
    readonly value: string;
}
declare type MarkupKind = 'plaintext' | 'markdown';

type monaco_contribution$2_CompletionConfiguration = CompletionConfiguration;
type monaco_contribution$2_HTMLDataConfiguration = HTMLDataConfiguration;
type monaco_contribution$2_HTMLDataV1 = HTMLDataV1;
type monaco_contribution$2_HTMLFormatConfiguration = HTMLFormatConfiguration;
type monaco_contribution$2_IAttributeData = IAttributeData;
type monaco_contribution$2_IReference = IReference;
type monaco_contribution$2_ITagData = ITagData;
type monaco_contribution$2_IValueData = IValueData;
type monaco_contribution$2_IValueSet = IValueSet;
type monaco_contribution$2_LanguageServiceRegistration = LanguageServiceRegistration;
type monaco_contribution$2_MarkupContent = MarkupContent;
type monaco_contribution$2_MarkupKind = MarkupKind;
type monaco_contribution$2_Options = Options;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_handlebarDefaults: typeof handlebarDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_handlebarLanguageService: typeof handlebarLanguageService;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_htmlDefaults: typeof htmlDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_htmlLanguageService: typeof htmlLanguageService;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_razorDefaults: typeof razorDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_razorLanguageService: typeof razorLanguageService;
declare const monaco_contribution$2_registerHTMLLanguageService: typeof registerHTMLLanguageService;
declare namespace monaco_contribution$2 {
  export { monaco_contribution$2_handlebarDefaults as handlebarDefaults, monaco_contribution$2_handlebarLanguageService as handlebarLanguageService, monaco_contribution$2_htmlDefaults as htmlDefaults, monaco_contribution$2_htmlLanguageService as htmlLanguageService, monaco_contribution$2_razorDefaults as razorDefaults, monaco_contribution$2_razorLanguageService as razorLanguageService, monaco_contribution$2_registerHTMLLanguageService as registerHTMLLanguageService };
  export type { monaco_contribution$2_CompletionConfiguration as CompletionConfiguration, monaco_contribution$2_HTMLDataConfiguration as HTMLDataConfiguration, monaco_contribution$2_HTMLDataV1 as HTMLDataV1, monaco_contribution$2_HTMLFormatConfiguration as HTMLFormatConfiguration, monaco_contribution$2_IAttributeData as IAttributeData, monaco_contribution$2_IReference as IReference, monaco_contribution$2_ITagData as ITagData, monaco_contribution$2_IValueData as IValueData, monaco_contribution$2_IValueSet as IValueSet, LanguageServiceDefaults$2 as LanguageServiceDefaults, monaco_contribution$2_LanguageServiceRegistration as LanguageServiceRegistration, monaco_contribution$2_MarkupContent as MarkupContent, monaco_contribution$2_MarkupKind as MarkupKind, ModeConfiguration$2 as ModeConfiguration, monaco_contribution$2_Options as Options };
}

interface BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'object' | 'array' | 'property' | 'string' | 'number' | 'boolean' | 'null';
    readonly parent?: ASTNode;
    readonly offset: number;
    readonly length: number;
    readonly children?: ASTNode[];
    readonly value?: string | boolean | number | null;
}
interface ObjectASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'object';
    readonly properties: PropertyASTNode[];
    readonly children: ASTNode[];
}
interface PropertyASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'property';
    readonly keyNode: StringASTNode;
    readonly valueNode?: ASTNode;
    readonly colonOffset?: number;
    readonly children: ASTNode[];
}
interface ArrayASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'array';
    readonly items: ASTNode[];
    readonly children: ASTNode[];
}
interface StringASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'string';
    readonly value: string;
}
interface NumberASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'number';
    readonly value: number;
    readonly isInteger: boolean;
}
interface BooleanASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'boolean';
    readonly value: boolean;
}
interface NullASTNode extends BaseASTNode {
    readonly type: 'null';
    readonly value: null;
}
type ASTNode = ObjectASTNode | PropertyASTNode | ArrayASTNode | StringASTNode | NumberASTNode | BooleanASTNode | NullASTNode;
type JSONDocument = {
    root: ASTNode | undefined;
    getNodeFromOffset(offset: number, includeRightBound?: boolean): ASTNode | undefined;
};
type JSONSchemaRef = JSONSchema | boolean;
interface JSONSchemaMap {
    [name: string]: JSONSchemaRef;
}
interface JSONSchema {
    id?: string;
    $id?: string;
    $schema?: string;
    type?: string | string[];
    title?: string;
    default?: any;
    definitions?: {
        [name: string]: JSONSchema;
    };
    description?: string;
    properties?: JSONSchemaMap;
    patternProperties?: JSONSchemaMap;
    additionalProperties?: boolean | JSONSchemaRef;
    minProperties?: number;
    maxProperties?: number;
    dependencies?: JSONSchemaMap | {
        [prop: string]: string[];
    };
    items?: JSONSchemaRef | JSONSchemaRef[];
    minItems?: number;
    maxItems?: number;
    uniqueItems?: boolean;
    additionalItems?: boolean | JSONSchemaRef;
    pattern?: string;
    minLength?: number;
    maxLength?: number;
    minimum?: number;
    maximum?: number;
    exclusiveMinimum?: boolean | number;
    exclusiveMaximum?: boolean | number;
    multipleOf?: number;
    required?: string[];
    $ref?: string;
    anyOf?: JSONSchemaRef[];
    allOf?: JSONSchemaRef[];
    oneOf?: JSONSchemaRef[];
    not?: JSONSchemaRef;
    enum?: any[];
    format?: string;
    const?: any;
    contains?: JSONSchemaRef;
    propertyNames?: JSONSchemaRef;
    examples?: any[];
    $comment?: string;
    if?: JSONSchemaRef;
    then?: JSONSchemaRef;
    else?: JSONSchemaRef;
    defaultSnippets?: {
        label?: string;
        description?: string;
        markdownDescription?: string;
        body?: any;
        bodyText?: string;
    }[];
    errorMessage?: string;
    patternErrorMessage?: string;
    deprecationMessage?: string;
    enumDescriptions?: string[];
    markdownEnumDescriptions?: string[];
    markdownDescription?: string;
    doNotSuggest?: boolean;
    suggestSortText?: string;
    allowComments?: boolean;
    allowTrailingCommas?: boolean;
}
interface MatchingSchema {
    node: ASTNode;
    schema: JSONSchema;
}
interface DiagnosticsOptions$1 {
    /**
     * If set, the validator will be enabled and perform syntax and schema based validation,
     * unless `DiagnosticsOptions.schemaValidation` is set to `ignore`.
     */
    readonly validate?: boolean;
    /**
     * If set, comments are tolerated. If set to false, syntax errors will be emitted for comments.
     * `DiagnosticsOptions.allowComments` will override this setting.
     */
    readonly allowComments?: boolean;
    /**
     * A list of known schemas and/or associations of schemas to file names.
     */
    readonly schemas?: {
        /**
         * The URI of the schema, which is also the identifier of the schema.
         */
        readonly uri: string;
        /**
         * A list of glob patterns that describe for which file URIs the JSON schema will be used.
         * '*' and '**' wildcards are supported. Exclusion patterns start with '!'.
         * For example '*.schema.json', 'package.json', '!foo*.schema.json', 'foo/**\/BADRESP.json'.
         * A match succeeds when there is at least one pattern matching and last matching pattern does not start with '!'.
         */
        readonly fileMatch?: string[];
        /**
         * The schema for the given URI.
         */
        readonly schema?: any;
    }[];
    /**
     *  If set, the schema service would load schema content on-demand with 'fetch' if available
     */
    readonly enableSchemaRequest?: boolean;
    /**
     * The severity of problems from schema validation. If set to 'ignore', schema validation will be skipped. If not set, 'warning' is used.
     */
    readonly schemaValidation?: SeverityLevel;
    /**
     * The severity of problems that occurred when resolving and loading schemas. If set to 'ignore', schema resolving problems are not reported. If not set, 'warning' is used.
     */
    readonly schemaRequest?: SeverityLevel;
    /**
     * The severity of reported trailing commas. If not set, trailing commas will be reported as errors.
     */
    readonly trailingCommas?: SeverityLevel;
    /**
     * The severity of reported comments. If not set, 'DiagnosticsOptions.allowComments' defines whether comments are ignored or reported as errors.
     */
    readonly comments?: SeverityLevel;
}
declare type SeverityLevel = 'error' | 'warning' | 'ignore';
interface ModeConfiguration$1 {
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentFormattingEdits?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentRangeFormattingEdit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly completionItems?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly hovers?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in tokens provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly tokens?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in color provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly colors?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in foldingRange provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly foldingRanges?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in selection range provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly selectionRanges?: boolean;
}
interface LanguageServiceDefaults$1 {
    readonly languageId: string;
    readonly onDidChange: IEvent$1<LanguageServiceDefaults$1>;
    readonly diagnosticsOptions: DiagnosticsOptions$1;
    readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration$1;
    setDiagnosticsOptions(options: DiagnosticsOptions$1): void;
    setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration$1): void;
}
declare const jsonDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults$1;
interface IJSONWorker {
    parseJSONDocument(uri: string): Promise<JSONDocument | null>;
    getMatchingSchemas(uri: string): Promise<MatchingSchema[]>;
}
declare const getWorker: () => Promise<(...uris: Uri[]) => Promise<IJSONWorker>>;

type monaco_contribution$1_ASTNode = ASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_ArrayASTNode = ArrayASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_BaseASTNode = BaseASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_BooleanASTNode = BooleanASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_IJSONWorker = IJSONWorker;
type monaco_contribution$1_JSONDocument = JSONDocument;
type monaco_contribution$1_JSONSchema = JSONSchema;
type monaco_contribution$1_JSONSchemaMap = JSONSchemaMap;
type monaco_contribution$1_JSONSchemaRef = JSONSchemaRef;
type monaco_contribution$1_MatchingSchema = MatchingSchema;
type monaco_contribution$1_NullASTNode = NullASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_NumberASTNode = NumberASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_ObjectASTNode = ObjectASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_PropertyASTNode = PropertyASTNode;
type monaco_contribution$1_SeverityLevel = SeverityLevel;
type monaco_contribution$1_StringASTNode = StringASTNode;
declare const monaco_contribution$1_getWorker: typeof getWorker;
declare const monaco_contribution$1_jsonDefaults: typeof jsonDefaults;
declare namespace monaco_contribution$1 {
  export { monaco_contribution$1_getWorker as getWorker, monaco_contribution$1_jsonDefaults as jsonDefaults };
  export type { monaco_contribution$1_ASTNode as ASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_ArrayASTNode as ArrayASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_BaseASTNode as BaseASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_BooleanASTNode as BooleanASTNode, DiagnosticsOptions$1 as DiagnosticsOptions, monaco_contribution$1_IJSONWorker as IJSONWorker, monaco_contribution$1_JSONDocument as JSONDocument, monaco_contribution$1_JSONSchema as JSONSchema, monaco_contribution$1_JSONSchemaMap as JSONSchemaMap, monaco_contribution$1_JSONSchemaRef as JSONSchemaRef, LanguageServiceDefaults$1 as LanguageServiceDefaults, monaco_contribution$1_MatchingSchema as MatchingSchema, ModeConfiguration$1 as ModeConfiguration, monaco_contribution$1_NullASTNode as NullASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_NumberASTNode as NumberASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_ObjectASTNode as ObjectASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_PropertyASTNode as PropertyASTNode, monaco_contribution$1_SeverityLevel as SeverityLevel, monaco_contribution$1_StringASTNode as StringASTNode };
}

declare enum ModuleKind {
    None = 0,
    CommonJS = 1,
    AMD = 2,
    UMD = 3,
    System = 4,
    ES2015 = 5,
    ESNext = 99
}
declare enum JsxEmit {
    None = 0,
    Preserve = 1,
    React = 2,
    ReactNative = 3,
    ReactJSX = 4,
    ReactJSXDev = 5
}
declare enum NewLineKind {
    CarriageReturnLineFeed = 0,
    LineFeed = 1
}
declare enum ScriptTarget {
    ES3 = 0,
    ES5 = 1,
    ES2015 = 2,
    ES2016 = 3,
    ES2017 = 4,
    ES2018 = 5,
    ES2019 = 6,
    ES2020 = 7,
    ESNext = 99,
    JSON = 100,
    Latest = 99
}
declare enum ModuleResolutionKind {
    Classic = 1,
    NodeJs = 2
}
interface MapLike<T> {
    [index: string]: T;
}
type CompilerOptionsValue = string | number | boolean | (string | number)[] | string[] | MapLike<string[]> | null | undefined;
interface CompilerOptions {
    allowJs?: boolean;
    allowSyntheticDefaultImports?: boolean;
    allowUmdGlobalAccess?: boolean;
    allowUnreachableCode?: boolean;
    allowUnusedLabels?: boolean;
    alwaysStrict?: boolean;
    baseUrl?: string;
    charset?: string;
    checkJs?: boolean;
    declaration?: boolean;
    declarationMap?: boolean;
    emitDeclarationOnly?: boolean;
    declarationDir?: string;
    disableSizeLimit?: boolean;
    disableSourceOfProjectReferenceRedirect?: boolean;
    downlevelIteration?: boolean;
    emitBOM?: boolean;
    emitDecoratorMetadata?: boolean;
    experimentalDecorators?: boolean;
    forceConsistentCasingInFileNames?: boolean;
    importHelpers?: boolean;
    inlineSourceMap?: boolean;
    inlineSources?: boolean;
    isolatedModules?: boolean;
    jsx?: JsxEmit;
    keyofStringsOnly?: boolean;
    lib?: string[];
    locale?: string;
    mapRoot?: string;
    maxNodeModuleJsDepth?: number;
    module?: ModuleKind;
    moduleResolution?: ModuleResolutionKind;
    newLine?: NewLineKind;
    noEmit?: boolean;
    noEmitHelpers?: boolean;
    noEmitOnError?: boolean;
    noErrorTruncation?: boolean;
    noFallthroughCasesInSwitch?: boolean;
    noImplicitAny?: boolean;
    noImplicitReturns?: boolean;
    noImplicitThis?: boolean;
    noStrictGenericChecks?: boolean;
    noUnusedLocals?: boolean;
    noUnusedParameters?: boolean;
    noImplicitUseStrict?: boolean;
    noLib?: boolean;
    noResolve?: boolean;
    out?: string;
    outDir?: string;
    outFile?: string;
    paths?: MapLike<string[]>;
    preserveConstEnums?: boolean;
    preserveSymlinks?: boolean;
    project?: string;
    reactNamespace?: string;
    jsxFactory?: string;
    composite?: boolean;
    removeComments?: boolean;
    rootDir?: string;
    rootDirs?: string[];
    skipLibCheck?: boolean;
    skipDefaultLibCheck?: boolean;
    sourceMap?: boolean;
    sourceRoot?: string;
    strict?: boolean;
    strictFunctionTypes?: boolean;
    strictBindCallApply?: boolean;
    strictNullChecks?: boolean;
    strictPropertyInitialization?: boolean;
    stripInternal?: boolean;
    suppressExcessPropertyErrors?: boolean;
    suppressImplicitAnyIndexErrors?: boolean;
    target?: ScriptTarget;
    traceResolution?: boolean;
    resolveJsonModule?: boolean;
    types?: string[];
    /** Paths used to compute primary types search locations */
    typeRoots?: string[];
    esModuleInterop?: boolean;
    useDefineForClassFields?: boolean;
    [option: string]: CompilerOptionsValue | undefined;
}
interface DiagnosticsOptions {
    noSemanticValidation?: boolean;
    noSyntaxValidation?: boolean;
    noSuggestionDiagnostics?: boolean;
    /**
     * Limit diagnostic computation to only visible files.
     * Defaults to false.
     */
    onlyVisible?: boolean;
    diagnosticCodesToIgnore?: number[];
}
interface WorkerOptions {
    /** A full HTTP path to a JavaScript file which adds a function `customTSWorkerFactory` to the self inside a web-worker */
    customWorkerPath?: string;
}
interface InlayHintsOptions {
    readonly includeInlayParameterNameHints?: 'none' | 'literals' | 'all';
    readonly includeInlayParameterNameHintsWhenArgumentMatchesName?: boolean;
    readonly includeInlayFunctionParameterTypeHints?: boolean;
    readonly includeInlayVariableTypeHints?: boolean;
    readonly includeInlayPropertyDeclarationTypeHints?: boolean;
    readonly includeInlayFunctionLikeReturnTypeHints?: boolean;
    readonly includeInlayEnumMemberValueHints?: boolean;
}
interface IExtraLib {
    content: string;
    version: number;
}
interface IExtraLibs {
    [path: string]: IExtraLib;
}
/**
 * A linked list of formatted diagnostic messages to be used as part of a multiline message.
 * It is built from the bottom up, leaving the head to be the "main" diagnostic.
 */
interface DiagnosticMessageChain {
    messageText: string;
    /** Diagnostic category: warning = 0, error = 1, suggestion = 2, message = 3 */
    category: 0 | 1 | 2 | 3;
    code: number;
    next?: DiagnosticMessageChain[];
}
interface Diagnostic extends DiagnosticRelatedInformation {
    /** May store more in future. For now, this will simply be `true` to indicate when a diagnostic is an unused-identifier diagnostic. */
    reportsUnnecessary?: {};
    reportsDeprecated?: {};
    source?: string;
    relatedInformation?: DiagnosticRelatedInformation[];
}
interface DiagnosticRelatedInformation {
    /** Diagnostic category: warning = 0, error = 1, suggestion = 2, message = 3 */
    category: 0 | 1 | 2 | 3;
    code: number;
    /** TypeScriptWorker removes all but the `fileName` property to avoid serializing circular JSON structures. */
    file: {
        fileName: string;
    } | undefined;
    start: number | undefined;
    length: number | undefined;
    messageText: string | DiagnosticMessageChain;
}
interface EmitOutput {
    outputFiles: OutputFile[];
    emitSkipped: boolean;
    diagnostics?: Diagnostic[];
}
interface OutputFile {
    name: string;
    writeByteOrderMark: boolean;
    text: string;
}
interface ModeConfiguration {
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in completionItemProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly completionItems?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in hoverProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly hovers?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in documentSymbolProvider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentSymbols?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in definitions provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly definitions?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly references?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in references provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentHighlights?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in rename provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly rename?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in diagnostic provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly diagnostics?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in document formatting range edit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly documentRangeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in signature help provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly signatureHelp?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in onType formatting edit provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly onTypeFormattingEdits?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in code actions provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly codeActions?: boolean;
    /**
     * Defines whether the built-in inlay hints provider is enabled.
     */
    readonly inlayHints?: boolean;
}
interface LanguageServiceDefaults {
    /**
     * Event fired when compiler options or diagnostics options are changed.
     */
    readonly onDidChange: IEvent$1<void>;
    /**
     * Event fired when extra libraries registered with the language service change.
     */
    readonly onDidExtraLibsChange: IEvent$1<void>;
    readonly workerOptions: WorkerOptions;
    readonly inlayHintsOptions: InlayHintsOptions;
    readonly modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration;
    setModeConfiguration(modeConfiguration: ModeConfiguration): void;
    /**
     * Get the current extra libs registered with the language service.
     */
    getExtraLibs(): IExtraLibs;
    /**
     * Add an additional source file to the language service. Use this
     * for typescript (definition) files that won't be loaded as editor
     * documents, like `jquery.d.ts`.
     *
     * @param content The file content
     * @param filePath An optional file path
     * @returns A disposable which will remove the file from the
     * language service upon disposal.
     */
    addExtraLib(content: string, filePath?: string): IDisposable$2;
    /**
     * Remove all existing extra libs and set the additional source
     * files to the language service. Use this for typescript definition
     * files that won't be loaded as editor documents, like `jquery.d.ts`.
     * @param libs An array of entries to register.
     */
    setExtraLibs(libs: {
        content: string;
        filePath?: string;
    }[]): void;
    /**
     * Get current TypeScript compiler options for the language service.
     */
    getCompilerOptions(): CompilerOptions;
    /**
     * Set TypeScript compiler options.
     */
    setCompilerOptions(options: CompilerOptions): void;
    /**
     * Get the current diagnostics options for the language service.
     */
    getDiagnosticsOptions(): DiagnosticsOptions;
    /**
     * Configure whether syntactic and/or semantic validation should
     * be performed
     */
    setDiagnosticsOptions(options: DiagnosticsOptions): void;
    /**
     * Configure webworker options
     */
    setWorkerOptions(options: WorkerOptions): void;
    /**
     * No-op.
     */
    setMaximumWorkerIdleTime(value: number): void;
    /**
     * Configure if all existing models should be eagerly sync'd
     * to the worker on start or restart.
     */
    setEagerModelSync(value: boolean): void;
    /**
     * Get the current setting for whether all existing models should be eagerly sync'd
     * to the worker on start or restart.
     */
    getEagerModelSync(): boolean;
    /**
     * Configure inlay hints options.
     */
    setInlayHintsOptions(options: InlayHintsOptions): void;
}
interface TypeScriptWorker {
    /**
     * Get diagnostic messages for any syntax issues in the given file.
     */
    getSyntacticDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
    /**
     * Get diagnostic messages for any semantic issues in the given file.
     */
    getSemanticDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
    /**
     * Get diagnostic messages for any suggestions related to the given file.
     */
    getSuggestionDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
    /**
     * Get the content of a given file.
     */
    getScriptText(fileName: string): Promise<string | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get diagnostic messages related to the current compiler options.
     * @param fileName Not used
     */
    getCompilerOptionsDiagnostics(fileName: string): Promise<Diagnostic[]>;
    /**
     * Get code completions for the given file and position.
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.CompletionInfo | undefined>`
     */
    getCompletionsAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<any | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get code completion details for the given file, position, and entry.
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.CompletionEntryDetails | undefined>`
     */
    getCompletionEntryDetails(fileName: string, position: number, entry: string): Promise<any | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get signature help items for the item at the given file and position.
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.SignatureHelpItems | undefined>`
     */
    getSignatureHelpItems(fileName: string, position: number, options: any): Promise<any | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get quick info for the item at the given position in the file.
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.QuickInfo | undefined>`
     */
    getQuickInfoAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<any | undefined>;
    getDocumentHighlights(fileName: string, position: number, filesToSearch: string[]): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any> | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get the definition of the item at the given position in the file.
     * @returns `Promise<ReadonlyArray<typescript.DefinitionInfo> | undefined>`
     */
    getDefinitionAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any> | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get references to the item at the given position in the file.
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.ReferenceEntry[] | undefined>`
     */
    getReferencesAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): Promise<any[] | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get outline entries for the item at the given position in the file.
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.NavigationTree | undefined>`
     */
    getNavigationTree(fileName: string): Promise<any | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get changes which should be applied to format the given file.
     * @param options `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.TextChange[]>`
     */
    getFormattingEditsForDocument(fileName: string, options: any): Promise<any[]>;
    /**
     * Get changes which should be applied to format the given range in the file.
     * @param options `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.TextChange[]>`
     */
    getFormattingEditsForRange(fileName: string, start: number, end: number, options: any): Promise<any[]>;
    /**
     * Get formatting changes which should be applied after the given keystroke.
     * @param options `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.TextChange[]>`
     */
    getFormattingEditsAfterKeystroke(fileName: string, postion: number, ch: string, options: any): Promise<any[]>;
    /**
     * Get other occurrences which should be updated when renaming the item at the given file and position.
     * @returns `Promise<readonly typescript.RenameLocation[] | undefined>`
     */
    findRenameLocations(fileName: string, positon: number, findInStrings: boolean, findInComments: boolean, providePrefixAndSuffixTextForRename: boolean): Promise<readonly any[] | undefined>;
    /**
     * Get edits which should be applied to rename the item at the given file and position (or a failure reason).
     * @param options `typescript.RenameInfoOptions`
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.RenameInfo>`
     */
    getRenameInfo(fileName: string, positon: number, options: any): Promise<any>;
    /**
     * Get transpiled output for the given file.
     * @returns `typescript.EmitOutput`
     */
    getEmitOutput(fileName: string, emitOnlyDtsFiles?: boolean, forceDtsEmit?: boolean): Promise<EmitOutput>;
    /**
     * Get possible code fixes at the given position in the file.
     * @param formatOptions `typescript.FormatCodeOptions`
     * @returns `Promise<ReadonlyArray<typescript.CodeFixAction>>`
     */
    getCodeFixesAtPosition(fileName: string, start: number, end: number, errorCodes: number[], formatOptions: any): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any>>;
    /**
     * Get inlay hints in the range of the file.
     * @param fileName
     * @returns `Promise<typescript.InlayHint[]>`
     */
    provideInlayHints(fileName: string, start: number, end: number): Promise<ReadonlyArray<any>>;
}
declare const typescriptVersion: string;
declare const typescriptDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
declare const javascriptDefaults: LanguageServiceDefaults;
declare const getTypeScriptWorker: () => Promise<(...uris: Uri[]) => Promise<TypeScriptWorker>>;
declare const getJavaScriptWorker: () => Promise<(...uris: Uri[]) => Promise<TypeScriptWorker>>;

type monaco_contribution_CompilerOptions = CompilerOptions;
type monaco_contribution_Diagnostic = Diagnostic;
type monaco_contribution_DiagnosticRelatedInformation = DiagnosticRelatedInformation;
type monaco_contribution_DiagnosticsOptions = DiagnosticsOptions;
type monaco_contribution_EmitOutput = EmitOutput;
type monaco_contribution_IExtraLibs = IExtraLibs;
type monaco_contribution_JsxEmit = JsxEmit;
declare const monaco_contribution_JsxEmit: typeof JsxEmit;
type monaco_contribution_LanguageServiceDefaults = LanguageServiceDefaults;
type monaco_contribution_ModeConfiguration = ModeConfiguration;
type monaco_contribution_ModuleKind = ModuleKind;
declare const monaco_contribution_ModuleKind: typeof ModuleKind;
type monaco_contribution_ModuleResolutionKind = ModuleResolutionKind;
declare const monaco_contribution_ModuleResolutionKind: typeof ModuleResolutionKind;
type monaco_contribution_NewLineKind = NewLineKind;
declare const monaco_contribution_NewLineKind: typeof NewLineKind;
type monaco_contribution_ScriptTarget = ScriptTarget;
declare const monaco_contribution_ScriptTarget: typeof ScriptTarget;
type monaco_contribution_TypeScriptWorker = TypeScriptWorker;
type monaco_contribution_WorkerOptions = WorkerOptions;
declare const monaco_contribution_getJavaScriptWorker: typeof getJavaScriptWorker;
declare const monaco_contribution_getTypeScriptWorker: typeof getTypeScriptWorker;
declare const monaco_contribution_javascriptDefaults: typeof javascriptDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution_typescriptDefaults: typeof typescriptDefaults;
declare const monaco_contribution_typescriptVersion: typeof typescriptVersion;
declare namespace monaco_contribution {
  export { monaco_contribution_JsxEmit as JsxEmit, monaco_contribution_ModuleKind as ModuleKind, monaco_contribution_ModuleResolutionKind as ModuleResolutionKind, monaco_contribution_NewLineKind as NewLineKind, monaco_contribution_ScriptTarget as ScriptTarget, monaco_contribution_getJavaScriptWorker as getJavaScriptWorker, monaco_contribution_getTypeScriptWorker as getTypeScriptWorker, monaco_contribution_javascriptDefaults as javascriptDefaults, monaco_contribution_typescriptDefaults as typescriptDefaults, monaco_contribution_typescriptVersion as typescriptVersion };
  export type { monaco_contribution_CompilerOptions as CompilerOptions, monaco_contribution_Diagnostic as Diagnostic, monaco_contribution_DiagnosticRelatedInformation as DiagnosticRelatedInformation, monaco_contribution_DiagnosticsOptions as DiagnosticsOptions, monaco_contribution_EmitOutput as EmitOutput, monaco_contribution_IExtraLibs as IExtraLibs, monaco_contribution_LanguageServiceDefaults as LanguageServiceDefaults, monaco_contribution_ModeConfiguration as ModeConfiguration, monaco_contribution_TypeScriptWorker as TypeScriptWorker, monaco_contribution_WorkerOptions as WorkerOptions };
}

//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc/dist/JsonRpcTypes.d.ts
type JSONObject = {
  [key: string]: JSONValue | undefined;
};
interface JSONArray extends Array<JSONValue> {}
type JSONValue = string | number | boolean | null | JSONObject | JSONArray;
type Message = IRequestMessage | IResponseMessage;
/**
 * Represents a request or a notification.
 */
interface IRequestMessage {
  jsonrpc: "2.0";
  /**  must not match `rpc\..*` */
  method: string;
  params?: JSONArray | JSONObject;
  /** Is not set if and only if the request is a notification. */
  id?: RequestId;
  /** Requests don't have a result. */
  result?: never;
}
type RequestId = number | string;
/**
 * Either result or error is set.
 */
interface IResponseMessage {
  jsonrpc: "2.0";
  /**
   * This member is REQUIRED on success.
   * This member MUST NOT exist if there was an error invoking the method.
   * The value of this member is determined by the method invoked on the Server.
   */
  result?: JSONValue;
  /**
   * This member is REQUIRED on error.
   * This member MUST NOT exist if there was no error triggered during invocation.
   */
  error?: ErrorObject;
  /**
   * If there was an error in detecting the id in the Request object
   * (e.g. Parse error/Invalid Request), it MUST be Null.
   */
  id: RequestId | null;
  method?: never;
}
interface ErrorObject {
  /** A Number that indicates the error type that occurred. */
  code: ErrorCode;
  /** The message SHOULD be limited to a concise single sentence. */
  message: string;
  /**
   * A Primitive or Structured value that contains additional information about the error.
   * This may be omitted.
   * The value of this member is defined by the Server (e.g. detailed error information, nested errors etc.).
   */
  data?: JSONValue;
}
declare namespace ErrorObject {
  function create(obj: ErrorObject): ErrorObject;
}
interface ErrorCode extends Number {}
declare namespace ErrorCode {
  /**
   * Invalid JSON was received by the server.
   * An error occurred on the server while parsing the JSON text.
   */
  const parseError: ErrorCode;
  /**
   * The JSON sent is not a valid Request object.
   */
  const invalidRequest: ErrorCode;
  /**
   * The method does not exist/is not available.
   */
  const methodNotFound: ErrorCode;
  /**
   * Invalid method parameter(s).
   */
  const invalidParams: ErrorCode;
  /**
   * 	Internal JSON-RPC error.
   */
  const internalError: ErrorCode;
  /**
   * implementation-defined server-errors.
   */
  function isServerError(code: number): boolean;
  /**
   * implementation-defined server-errors.
   */
  function serverError(code: number): ErrorCode;
  /**
   * Non-spec.
   */
  const unexpectedServerError: ErrorCode;
  function isApplicationError(code: number): boolean;
  function applicationError(code: number): ErrorCode;
  /**
   * Non-spec.
   */
  const genericApplicationError: ErrorCode;
}
//#endregion
//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc/dist/common.d.ts
interface IDisposable$1 {
  dispose(): void;
}
type IEvent<T> = (listener: (e: T) => void) => IDisposable$1;
declare class EventEmitter<T> {
  private listeners;
  readonly event: IEvent<T>;
  fire(args: T): void;
}
interface IValueWithChangeEvent<T> {
  get value(): T;
  get onChange(): IEvent<T>;
}
declare class ValueWithChangeEvent<T> implements IValueWithChangeEvent<T> {
  private _value;
  private eventEmitter;
  constructor(initialValue: T);
  get value(): T;
  set value(newValue: T);
  get onChange(): IEvent<T>;
}
//#endregion
//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc/dist/MessageTransport.d.ts
/**
 * Represents a mechanism to send and receive messages.
 */
interface IMessageTransport {
  get state(): IValueWithChangeEvent<ConnectionState>;
  send(message: Message): Promise<void>;
  /**
   * Sets a listener for received messages.
   * The listener might be called multiple times before this function returns.
   * The method allows reentrancy.
   */
  setListener(listener: MessageListener | undefined): void;
  /**
   * Returns a human readable representation of this stream.
   */
  toString(): string;
}
type ConnectionState = {
  state: "connecting";
} | {
  state: "open";
} | {
  state: "closed";
  error: Error | undefined;
};
type MessageListener = (message: Message) => void;
/**
 * Base class for implementing a MessageStream.
 * Provides an unreadMessage queue.
 */
declare abstract class BaseMessageTransport implements IMessageTransport {
  private static id;
  private readonly _unprocessedMessages;
  private _messageListener;
  protected readonly id: number;
  private readonly _state;
  readonly state: ValueWithChangeEvent<ConnectionState>;
  /**
   * Sets a callback for incoming messages.
   */
  setListener(listener: MessageListener | undefined): void;
  /**
   * Writes a message to the stream.
   */
  send(message: Message): Promise<void>;
  protected abstract _sendImpl(message: Message): Promise<void>;
  /**
   * Returns human readable information of this message stream.
   */
  abstract toString(): string;
  /**
   * Call this in derived classes to signal a new message.
   */
  protected _dispatchReceivedMessage(message: Message): void;
  /**
   * Call this in derived classes to signal that the connection closed.
   */
  protected _onConnectionClosed(): void;
  log(logger?: IMessageLogger): IMessageTransport;
}
/**
 * Used by `StreamLogger` to log messages.
 */
interface IMessageLogger {
  log(stream: IMessageTransport, type: "incoming" | "outgoing", message: Message): void;
}
//#endregion
//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc/dist/typedChannel/serializerMapping.d.ts
declare global {
  interface JsonRpcSerializerMapper<T> {}
}
//#endregion
//#region src/utils.d.ts
interface IDisposable {
  dispose(): void;
}
//#endregion
//#region src/adapters/LspClient.d.ts
declare class MonacoLspClient {
  private _connection;
  private readonly _capabilitiesRegistry;
  private readonly _bridge;
  private _initPromise;
  constructor(transport: IMessageTransport);
  private _init;
  protected createFeatures(): IDisposable;
}
//#endregion
//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc-websocket/dist/index.d.ts
type NormalizedWebSocketOptions = {
  address: string;
};
type WebSocketOptions = NormalizedWebSocketOptions | {
  host: string;
  port: number;
  forceTls?: boolean;
};
/**
 * Represents a stream through a web socket.
 * Use the static `connectTo` method to get a stream to a web socket server.
 */
declare class WebSocketTransport extends BaseMessageTransport {
  private readonly socket;
  static connectTo(options: WebSocketOptions): Promise<WebSocketTransport>;
  static fromWebSocket(socket: unknown): WebSocketTransport;
  private readonly errorEmitter;
  readonly onError: EventEmitter<{
    error: unknown;
  }>;
  private constructor();
  /**
   * Closes the underlying socket.
   */
  close(): void;
  /**
   * Same as `close`.
   */
  dispose(): void;
  _sendImpl(message: Message): Promise<void>;
  toString(): string;
}
//#endregion
//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc-browser/dist/worker.d.ts
/**
 * Gets a stream that uses `worker.postMessage` to write
 * and `worker.addEventListener` to read messages.
 */
declare function createTransportToWorker(worker: Worker): BaseMessageTransport;
//#endregion
//#region node_modules/@hediet/json-rpc-browser/dist/iframe.d.ts
/**
 * Gets a stream that uses `worker.postMessage` to write
 * and `worker.addEventListener` to read messages.
 */
declare function createTransportToIFrame(iframe: HTMLIFrameElement): BaseMessageTransport;

type index_d_MonacoLspClient = MonacoLspClient;
declare const index_d_MonacoLspClient: typeof MonacoLspClient;
type index_d_WebSocketTransport = WebSocketTransport;
declare const index_d_WebSocketTransport: typeof WebSocketTransport;
declare const index_d_createTransportToIFrame: typeof createTransportToIFrame;
declare const index_d_createTransportToWorker: typeof createTransportToWorker;
declare namespace index_d {
  export {
    index_d_MonacoLspClient as MonacoLspClient,
    index_d_WebSocketTransport as WebSocketTransport,
    index_d_createTransportToIFrame as createTransportToIFrame,
    index_d_createTransportToWorker as createTransportToWorker,
  };
}

declare function createWebWorker<T extends object>(opts: IWebWorkerOptions): editor.MonacoWebWorker<T>;
interface IWebWorkerOptions {
    /**
     * The AMD moduleId to load.
     * It should export a function `create` that should return the exported proxy.
     */
    moduleId: string;
    createWorker?: () => Worker;
    /**
     * The data to send over when calling create on the module.
     */
    createData?: any;
    /**
     * A label to be used to identify the web worker for debugging purposes.
     */
    label?: string;
    /**
     * An object that can be used by the web worker to make calls back to the main thread.
     */
    host?: any;
    /**
     * Keep idle models.
     * Defaults to false, which means that idle models will stop syncing after a while.
     */
    keepIdleModels?: boolean;
}

type editor_main_CancellationToken = CancellationToken;
type editor_main_CancellationTokenSource = CancellationTokenSource;
declare const editor_main_CancellationTokenSource: typeof CancellationTokenSource;
type editor_main_Emitter<T> = Emitter<T>;
declare const editor_main_Emitter: typeof Emitter;
type editor_main_Environment = Environment;
type editor_main_IKeyboardEvent = IKeyboardEvent;
type editor_main_IMarkdownString = IMarkdownString;
type editor_main_IMouseEvent = IMouseEvent;
type editor_main_IPosition = IPosition;
type editor_main_IRange = IRange;
type editor_main_IScrollEvent = IScrollEvent;
type editor_main_ISelection = ISelection;
type editor_main_ITrustedTypePolicy = ITrustedTypePolicy;
type editor_main_ITrustedTypePolicyOptions = ITrustedTypePolicyOptions;
type editor_main_IWebWorkerOptions = IWebWorkerOptions;
type editor_main_KeyCode = KeyCode;
declare const editor_main_KeyCode: typeof KeyCode;
type editor_main_KeyMod = KeyMod;
declare const editor_main_KeyMod: typeof KeyMod;
type editor_main_MarkdownStringTrustedOptions = MarkdownStringTrustedOptions;
type editor_main_MarkerSeverity = MarkerSeverity;
declare const editor_main_MarkerSeverity: typeof MarkerSeverity;
type editor_main_MarkerTag = MarkerTag;
declare const editor_main_MarkerTag: typeof MarkerTag;
type editor_main_Position = Position;
declare const editor_main_Position: typeof Position;
type editor_main_Range = Range;
declare const editor_main_Range: typeof Range;
type editor_main_Selection = Selection;
declare const editor_main_Selection: typeof Selection;
type editor_main_SelectionDirection = SelectionDirection;
declare const editor_main_SelectionDirection: typeof SelectionDirection;
type editor_main_Thenable<T> = Thenable<T>;
type editor_main_Token = Token;
declare const editor_main_Token: typeof Token;
type editor_main_Uri = Uri;
declare const editor_main_Uri: typeof Uri;
type editor_main_UriComponents = UriComponents;
declare const editor_main_createWebWorker: typeof createWebWorker;
import editor_main_editor = editor;
import editor_main_languages = languages;
import editor_main_worker = worker;
declare namespace editor_main {
  export { editor_main_CancellationTokenSource as CancellationTokenSource, editor_main_Emitter as Emitter, editor_main_KeyCode as KeyCode, editor_main_KeyMod as KeyMod, editor_main_MarkerSeverity as MarkerSeverity, editor_main_MarkerTag as MarkerTag, editor_main_Position as Position, editor_main_Range as Range, editor_main_Selection as Selection, editor_main_SelectionDirection as SelectionDirection, editor_main_Token as Token, editor_main_Uri as Uri, editor_main_createWebWorker as createWebWorker, monaco_contribution$3 as css, editor_main_editor as editor, monaco_contribution$2 as html, monaco_contribution$1 as json, editor_main_languages as languages, index_d as lsp, monaco_contribution as typescript, editor_main_worker as worker };
  export type { editor_main_CancellationToken as CancellationToken, editor_main_Environment as Environment, IDisposable$2 as IDisposable, IEvent$1 as IEvent, editor_main_IKeyboardEvent as IKeyboardEvent, editor_main_IMarkdownString as IMarkdownString, editor_main_IMouseEvent as IMouseEvent, editor_main_IPosition as IPosition, editor_main_IRange as IRange, editor_main_IScrollEvent as IScrollEvent, editor_main_ISelection as ISelection, editor_main_ITrustedTypePolicy as ITrustedTypePolicy, editor_main_ITrustedTypePolicyOptions as ITrustedTypePolicyOptions, editor_main_IWebWorkerOptions as IWebWorkerOptions, editor_main_MarkdownStringTrustedOptions as MarkdownStringTrustedOptions, editor_main_Thenable as Thenable, editor_main_UriComponents as UriComponents };
}

export { editor_main as m };

declare namespace languages {
	/** @deprecated Use the new top level "css" namespace instead. */
	export const css: { deprecated: true };

	/** @deprecated Use the new top level "html" namespace instead. */
	export const html: { deprecated: true };

	/** @deprecated Use the new top level "json" namespace instead. */
	export const json: { deprecated: true };

	/** @deprecated Use the new top level "typescript" namespace instead. */
	export const typescript: { deprecated: true };
}


declare global { export import monaco = editor_main; }
